]> git.saurik.com Git - bison.git/blob - doc/bison.texinfo
YYACCEPT, YYERROR, and YYABORT, as user actions, should not
[bison.git] / doc / bison.texinfo
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment %**start of header
3 @setfilename bison.info
4 @include version.texi
5 @settitle Bison @value{VERSION}
6 @setchapternewpage odd
7
8 @finalout
9
10 @c SMALL BOOK version
11 @c This edition has been formatted so that you can format and print it in
12 @c the smallbook format.
13 @c @smallbook
14
15 @c Set following if you have the new `shorttitlepage' command
16 @c @clear shorttitlepage-enabled
17 @c @set shorttitlepage-enabled
18
19 @c Set following if you want to document %default-prec and %no-default-prec.
20 @c This feature is experimental and may change in future Bison versions.
21 @c @set defaultprec
22
23 @c ISPELL CHECK: done, 14 Jan 1993 --bob
24
25 @c Check COPYRIGHT dates. should be updated in the titlepage, ifinfo
26 @c titlepage; should NOT be changed in the GPL. --mew
27
28 @c FIXME: I don't understand this `iftex'. Obsolete? --akim.
29 @iftex
30 @syncodeindex fn cp
31 @syncodeindex vr cp
32 @syncodeindex tp cp
33 @end iftex
34 @ifinfo
35 @synindex fn cp
36 @synindex vr cp
37 @synindex tp cp
38 @end ifinfo
39 @comment %**end of header
40
41 @copying
42
43 This manual is for @acronym{GNU} Bison (version @value{VERSION},
44 @value{UPDATED}), the @acronym{GNU} parser generator.
45
46 Copyright @copyright{} 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1995, 1998,
47 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
48
49 @quotation
50 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
51 under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License,
52 Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software
53 Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover texts
54 being ``A @acronym{GNU} Manual,'' and with the Back-Cover Texts as in
55 (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
56 ``@acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License.''
57
58 (a) The @acronym{FSF}'s Back-Cover Text is: ``You have freedom to copy
59 and modify this @acronym{GNU} Manual, like @acronym{GNU} software.
60 Copies published by the Free Software Foundation raise funds for
61 @acronym{GNU} development.''
62 @end quotation
63 @end copying
64
65 @dircategory Software development
66 @direntry
67 * bison: (bison). @acronym{GNU} parser generator (Yacc replacement).
68 @end direntry
69
70 @ifset shorttitlepage-enabled
71 @shorttitlepage Bison
72 @end ifset
73 @titlepage
74 @title Bison
75 @subtitle The Yacc-compatible Parser Generator
76 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}, Bison Version @value{VERSION}
77
78 @author by Charles Donnelly and Richard Stallman
79
80 @page
81 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
82 @insertcopying
83 @sp 2
84 Published by the Free Software Foundation @*
85 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor @*
86 Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA @*
87 Printed copies are available from the Free Software Foundation.@*
88 @acronym{ISBN} 1-882114-44-2
89 @sp 2
90 Cover art by Etienne Suvasa.
91 @end titlepage
92
93 @contents
94
95 @ifnottex
96 @node Top
97 @top Bison
98 @insertcopying
99 @end ifnottex
100
101 @menu
102 * Introduction::
103 * Conditions::
104 * Copying:: The @acronym{GNU} General Public License says
105 how you can copy and share Bison
106
107 Tutorial sections:
108 * Concepts:: Basic concepts for understanding Bison.
109 * Examples:: Three simple explained examples of using Bison.
110
111 Reference sections:
112 * Grammar File:: Writing Bison declarations and rules.
113 * Interface:: C-language interface to the parser function @code{yyparse}.
114 * Algorithm:: How the Bison parser works at run-time.
115 * Error Recovery:: Writing rules for error recovery.
116 * Context Dependency:: What to do if your language syntax is too
117 messy for Bison to handle straightforwardly.
118 * Debugging:: Understanding or debugging Bison parsers.
119 * Invocation:: How to run Bison (to produce the parser source file).
120 * C++ Language Interface:: Creating C++ parser objects.
121 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
122 * Table of Symbols:: All the keywords of the Bison language are explained.
123 * Glossary:: Basic concepts are explained.
124 * Copying This Manual:: License for copying this manual.
125 * Index:: Cross-references to the text.
126
127 @detailmenu
128 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
129
130 The Concepts of Bison
131
132 * Language and Grammar:: Languages and context-free grammars,
133 as mathematical ideas.
134 * Grammar in Bison:: How we represent grammars for Bison's sake.
135 * Semantic Values:: Each token or syntactic grouping can have
136 a semantic value (the value of an integer,
137 the name of an identifier, etc.).
138 * Semantic Actions:: Each rule can have an action containing C code.
139 * GLR Parsers:: Writing parsers for general context-free languages.
140 * Locations Overview:: Tracking Locations.
141 * Bison Parser:: What are Bison's input and output,
142 how is the output used?
143 * Stages:: Stages in writing and running Bison grammars.
144 * Grammar Layout:: Overall structure of a Bison grammar file.
145
146 Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers
147
148 * Simple GLR Parsers:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers on unambiguous grammars
149 * Merging GLR Parses:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers to resolve ambiguities
150 * Compiler Requirements:: @acronym{GLR} parsers require a modern C compiler
151
152 Examples
153
154 * RPN Calc:: Reverse polish notation calculator;
155 a first example with no operator precedence.
156 * Infix Calc:: Infix (algebraic) notation calculator.
157 Operator precedence is introduced.
158 * Simple Error Recovery:: Continuing after syntax errors.
159 * Location Tracking Calc:: Demonstrating the use of @@@var{n} and @@$.
160 * Multi-function Calc:: Calculator with memory and trig functions.
161 It uses multiple data-types for semantic values.
162 * Exercises:: Ideas for improving the multi-function calculator.
163
164 Reverse Polish Notation Calculator
165
166 * Decls: Rpcalc Decls. Prologue (declarations) for rpcalc.
167 * Rules: Rpcalc Rules. Grammar Rules for rpcalc, with explanation.
168 * Lexer: Rpcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
169 * Main: Rpcalc Main. The controlling function.
170 * Error: Rpcalc Error. The error reporting function.
171 * Gen: Rpcalc Gen. Running Bison on the grammar file.
172 * Comp: Rpcalc Compile. Run the C compiler on the output code.
173
174 Grammar Rules for @code{rpcalc}
175
176 * Rpcalc Input::
177 * Rpcalc Line::
178 * Rpcalc Expr::
179
180 Location Tracking Calculator: @code{ltcalc}
181
182 * Decls: Ltcalc Decls. Bison and C declarations for ltcalc.
183 * Rules: Ltcalc Rules. Grammar rules for ltcalc, with explanations.
184 * Lexer: Ltcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
185
186 Multi-Function Calculator: @code{mfcalc}
187
188 * Decl: Mfcalc Decl. Bison declarations for multi-function calculator.
189 * Rules: Mfcalc Rules. Grammar rules for the calculator.
190 * Symtab: Mfcalc Symtab. Symbol table management subroutines.
191
192 Bison Grammar Files
193
194 * Grammar Outline:: Overall layout of the grammar file.
195 * Symbols:: Terminal and nonterminal symbols.
196 * Rules:: How to write grammar rules.
197 * Recursion:: Writing recursive rules.
198 * Semantics:: Semantic values and actions.
199 * Locations:: Locations and actions.
200 * Declarations:: All kinds of Bison declarations are described here.
201 * Multiple Parsers:: Putting more than one Bison parser in one program.
202
203 Outline of a Bison Grammar
204
205 * Prologue:: Syntax and usage of the prologue.
206 * Bison Declarations:: Syntax and usage of the Bison declarations section.
207 * Grammar Rules:: Syntax and usage of the grammar rules section.
208 * Epilogue:: Syntax and usage of the epilogue.
209
210 Defining Language Semantics
211
212 * Value Type:: Specifying one data type for all semantic values.
213 * Multiple Types:: Specifying several alternative data types.
214 * Actions:: An action is the semantic definition of a grammar rule.
215 * Action Types:: Specifying data types for actions to operate on.
216 * Mid-Rule Actions:: Most actions go at the end of a rule.
217 This says when, why and how to use the exceptional
218 action in the middle of a rule.
219
220 Tracking Locations
221
222 * Location Type:: Specifying a data type for locations.
223 * Actions and Locations:: Using locations in actions.
224 * Location Default Action:: Defining a general way to compute locations.
225
226 Bison Declarations
227
228 * Require Decl:: Requiring a Bison version.
229 * Token Decl:: Declaring terminal symbols.
230 * Precedence Decl:: Declaring terminals with precedence and associativity.
231 * Union Decl:: Declaring the set of all semantic value types.
232 * Type Decl:: Declaring the choice of type for a nonterminal symbol.
233 * Initial Action Decl:: Code run before parsing starts.
234 * Destructor Decl:: Declaring how symbols are freed.
235 * Expect Decl:: Suppressing warnings about parsing conflicts.
236 * Start Decl:: Specifying the start symbol.
237 * Pure Decl:: Requesting a reentrant parser.
238 * Decl Summary:: Table of all Bison declarations.
239
240 Parser C-Language Interface
241
242 * Parser Function:: How to call @code{yyparse} and what it returns.
243 * Lexical:: You must supply a function @code{yylex}
244 which reads tokens.
245 * Error Reporting:: You must supply a function @code{yyerror}.
246 * Action Features:: Special features for use in actions.
247 * Internationalization:: How to let the parser speak in the user's
248 native language.
249
250 The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}
251
252 * Calling Convention:: How @code{yyparse} calls @code{yylex}.
253 * Token Values:: How @code{yylex} must return the semantic value
254 of the token it has read.
255 * Token Locations:: How @code{yylex} must return the text location
256 (line number, etc.) of the token, if the
257 actions want that.
258 * Pure Calling:: How the calling convention differs
259 in a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}).
260
261 The Bison Parser Algorithm
262
263 * Look-Ahead:: Parser looks one token ahead when deciding what to do.
264 * Shift/Reduce:: Conflicts: when either shifting or reduction is valid.
265 * Precedence:: Operator precedence works by resolving conflicts.
266 * Contextual Precedence:: When an operator's precedence depends on context.
267 * Parser States:: The parser is a finite-state-machine with stack.
268 * Reduce/Reduce:: When two rules are applicable in the same situation.
269 * Mystery Conflicts:: Reduce/reduce conflicts that look unjustified.
270 * Generalized LR Parsing:: Parsing arbitrary context-free grammars.
271 * Memory Management:: What happens when memory is exhausted. How to avoid it.
272
273 Operator Precedence
274
275 * Why Precedence:: An example showing why precedence is needed.
276 * Using Precedence:: How to specify precedence in Bison grammars.
277 * Precedence Examples:: How these features are used in the previous example.
278 * How Precedence:: How they work.
279
280 Handling Context Dependencies
281
282 * Semantic Tokens:: Token parsing can depend on the semantic context.
283 * Lexical Tie-ins:: Token parsing can depend on the syntactic context.
284 * Tie-in Recovery:: Lexical tie-ins have implications for how
285 error recovery rules must be written.
286
287 Debugging Your Parser
288
289 * Understanding:: Understanding the structure of your parser.
290 * Tracing:: Tracing the execution of your parser.
291
292 Invoking Bison
293
294 * Bison Options:: All the options described in detail,
295 in alphabetical order by short options.
296 * Option Cross Key:: Alphabetical list of long options.
297 * Yacc Library:: Yacc-compatible @code{yylex} and @code{main}.
298
299 C++ Language Interface
300
301 * C++ Parsers:: The interface to generate C++ parser classes
302 * A Complete C++ Example:: Demonstrating their use
303
304 C++ Parsers
305
306 * C++ Bison Interface:: Asking for C++ parser generation
307 * C++ Semantic Values:: %union vs. C++
308 * C++ Location Values:: The position and location classes
309 * C++ Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
310 * C++ Scanner Interface:: Exchanges between yylex and parse
311
312 A Complete C++ Example
313
314 * Calc++ --- C++ Calculator:: The specifications
315 * Calc++ Parsing Driver:: An active parsing context
316 * Calc++ Parser:: A parser class
317 * Calc++ Scanner:: A pure C++ Flex scanner
318 * Calc++ Top Level:: Conducting the band
319
320 Frequently Asked Questions
321
322 * Memory Exhausted:: Breaking the Stack Limits
323 * How Can I Reset the Parser:: @code{yyparse} Keeps some State
324 * Strings are Destroyed:: @code{yylval} Loses Track of Strings
325 * Implementing Gotos/Loops:: Control Flow in the Calculator
326
327 Copying This Manual
328
329 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual.
330
331 @end detailmenu
332 @end menu
333
334 @node Introduction
335 @unnumbered Introduction
336 @cindex introduction
337
338 @dfn{Bison} is a general-purpose parser generator that converts a
339 grammar description for an @acronym{LALR}(1) context-free grammar into a C
340 program to parse that grammar. Once you are proficient with Bison,
341 you may use it to develop a wide range of language parsers, from those
342 used in simple desk calculators to complex programming languages.
343
344 Bison is upward compatible with Yacc: all properly-written Yacc grammars
345 ought to work with Bison with no change. Anyone familiar with Yacc
346 should be able to use Bison with little trouble. You need to be fluent in
347 C programming in order to use Bison or to understand this manual.
348
349 We begin with tutorial chapters that explain the basic concepts of using
350 Bison and show three explained examples, each building on the last. If you
351 don't know Bison or Yacc, start by reading these chapters. Reference
352 chapters follow which describe specific aspects of Bison in detail.
353
354 Bison was written primarily by Robert Corbett; Richard Stallman made it
355 Yacc-compatible. Wilfred Hansen of Carnegie Mellon University added
356 multi-character string literals and other features.
357
358 This edition corresponds to version @value{VERSION} of Bison.
359
360 @node Conditions
361 @unnumbered Conditions for Using Bison
362
363 As of Bison version 1.24, we have changed the distribution terms for
364 @code{yyparse} to permit using Bison's output in nonfree programs when
365 Bison is generating C code for @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers. Formerly, these
366 parsers could be used only in programs that were free software.
367
368 The other @acronym{GNU} programming tools, such as the @acronym{GNU} C
369 compiler, have never
370 had such a requirement. They could always be used for nonfree
371 software. The reason Bison was different was not due to a special
372 policy decision; it resulted from applying the usual General Public
373 License to all of the Bison source code.
374
375 The output of the Bison utility---the Bison parser file---contains a
376 verbatim copy of a sizable piece of Bison, which is the code for the
377 @code{yyparse} function. (The actions from your grammar are inserted
378 into this function at one point, but the rest of the function is not
379 changed.) When we applied the @acronym{GPL} terms to the code for
380 @code{yyparse},
381 the effect was to restrict the use of Bison output to free software.
382
383 We didn't change the terms because of sympathy for people who want to
384 make software proprietary. @strong{Software should be free.} But we
385 concluded that limiting Bison's use to free software was doing little to
386 encourage people to make other software free. So we decided to make the
387 practical conditions for using Bison match the practical conditions for
388 using the other @acronym{GNU} tools.
389
390 This exception applies only when Bison is generating C code for an
391 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser; otherwise, the @acronym{GPL} terms operate
392 as usual. You can
393 tell whether the exception applies to your @samp{.c} output file by
394 inspecting it to see whether it says ``As a special exception, when
395 this file is copied by Bison into a Bison output file, you may use
396 that output file without restriction.''
397
398 @include gpl.texi
399
400 @node Concepts
401 @chapter The Concepts of Bison
402
403 This chapter introduces many of the basic concepts without which the
404 details of Bison will not make sense. If you do not already know how to
405 use Bison or Yacc, we suggest you start by reading this chapter carefully.
406
407 @menu
408 * Language and Grammar:: Languages and context-free grammars,
409 as mathematical ideas.
410 * Grammar in Bison:: How we represent grammars for Bison's sake.
411 * Semantic Values:: Each token or syntactic grouping can have
412 a semantic value (the value of an integer,
413 the name of an identifier, etc.).
414 * Semantic Actions:: Each rule can have an action containing C code.
415 * GLR Parsers:: Writing parsers for general context-free languages.
416 * Locations Overview:: Tracking Locations.
417 * Bison Parser:: What are Bison's input and output,
418 how is the output used?
419 * Stages:: Stages in writing and running Bison grammars.
420 * Grammar Layout:: Overall structure of a Bison grammar file.
421 @end menu
422
423 @node Language and Grammar
424 @section Languages and Context-Free Grammars
425
426 @cindex context-free grammar
427 @cindex grammar, context-free
428 In order for Bison to parse a language, it must be described by a
429 @dfn{context-free grammar}. This means that you specify one or more
430 @dfn{syntactic groupings} and give rules for constructing them from their
431 parts. For example, in the C language, one kind of grouping is called an
432 `expression'. One rule for making an expression might be, ``An expression
433 can be made of a minus sign and another expression''. Another would be,
434 ``An expression can be an integer''. As you can see, rules are often
435 recursive, but there must be at least one rule which leads out of the
436 recursion.
437
438 @cindex @acronym{BNF}
439 @cindex Backus-Naur form
440 The most common formal system for presenting such rules for humans to read
441 is @dfn{Backus-Naur Form} or ``@acronym{BNF}'', which was developed in
442 order to specify the language Algol 60. Any grammar expressed in
443 @acronym{BNF} is a context-free grammar. The input to Bison is
444 essentially machine-readable @acronym{BNF}.
445
446 @cindex @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars
447 @cindex @acronym{LR}(1) grammars
448 There are various important subclasses of context-free grammar. Although it
449 can handle almost all context-free grammars, Bison is optimized for what
450 are called @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars.
451 In brief, in these grammars, it must be possible to
452 tell how to parse any portion of an input string with just a single
453 token of look-ahead. Strictly speaking, that is a description of an
454 @acronym{LR}(1) grammar, and @acronym{LALR}(1) involves additional
455 restrictions that are
456 hard to explain simply; but it is rare in actual practice to find an
457 @acronym{LR}(1) grammar that fails to be @acronym{LALR}(1).
458 @xref{Mystery Conflicts, ,Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts}, for
459 more information on this.
460
461 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
462 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
463 @cindex ambiguous grammars
464 @cindex non-deterministic parsing
465
466 Parsers for @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars are @dfn{deterministic}, meaning
467 roughly that the next grammar rule to apply at any point in the input is
468 uniquely determined by the preceding input and a fixed, finite portion
469 (called a @dfn{look-ahead}) of the remaining input. A context-free
470 grammar can be @dfn{ambiguous}, meaning that there are multiple ways to
471 apply the grammar rules to get the same inputs. Even unambiguous
472 grammars can be @dfn{non-deterministic}, meaning that no fixed
473 look-ahead always suffices to determine the next grammar rule to apply.
474 With the proper declarations, Bison is also able to parse these more
475 general context-free grammars, using a technique known as @acronym{GLR}
476 parsing (for Generalized @acronym{LR}). Bison's @acronym{GLR} parsers
477 are able to handle any context-free grammar for which the number of
478 possible parses of any given string is finite.
479
480 @cindex symbols (abstract)
481 @cindex token
482 @cindex syntactic grouping
483 @cindex grouping, syntactic
484 In the formal grammatical rules for a language, each kind of syntactic
485 unit or grouping is named by a @dfn{symbol}. Those which are built by
486 grouping smaller constructs according to grammatical rules are called
487 @dfn{nonterminal symbols}; those which can't be subdivided are called
488 @dfn{terminal symbols} or @dfn{token types}. We call a piece of input
489 corresponding to a single terminal symbol a @dfn{token}, and a piece
490 corresponding to a single nonterminal symbol a @dfn{grouping}.
491
492 We can use the C language as an example of what symbols, terminal and
493 nonterminal, mean. The tokens of C are identifiers, constants (numeric
494 and string), and the various keywords, arithmetic operators and
495 punctuation marks. So the terminal symbols of a grammar for C include
496 `identifier', `number', `string', plus one symbol for each keyword,
497 operator or punctuation mark: `if', `return', `const', `static', `int',
498 `char', `plus-sign', `open-brace', `close-brace', `comma' and many more.
499 (These tokens can be subdivided into characters, but that is a matter of
500 lexicography, not grammar.)
501
502 Here is a simple C function subdivided into tokens:
503
504 @ifinfo
505 @example
506 int /* @r{keyword `int'} */
507 square (int x) /* @r{identifier, open-paren, keyword `int',}
508 @r{identifier, close-paren} */
509 @{ /* @r{open-brace} */
510 return x * x; /* @r{keyword `return', identifier, asterisk,
511 identifier, semicolon} */
512 @} /* @r{close-brace} */
513 @end example
514 @end ifinfo
515 @ifnotinfo
516 @example
517 int /* @r{keyword `int'} */
518 square (int x) /* @r{identifier, open-paren, keyword `int', identifier, close-paren} */
519 @{ /* @r{open-brace} */
520 return x * x; /* @r{keyword `return', identifier, asterisk, identifier, semicolon} */
521 @} /* @r{close-brace} */
522 @end example
523 @end ifnotinfo
524
525 The syntactic groupings of C include the expression, the statement, the
526 declaration, and the function definition. These are represented in the
527 grammar of C by nonterminal symbols `expression', `statement',
528 `declaration' and `function definition'. The full grammar uses dozens of
529 additional language constructs, each with its own nonterminal symbol, in
530 order to express the meanings of these four. The example above is a
531 function definition; it contains one declaration, and one statement. In
532 the statement, each @samp{x} is an expression and so is @samp{x * x}.
533
534 Each nonterminal symbol must have grammatical rules showing how it is made
535 out of simpler constructs. For example, one kind of C statement is the
536 @code{return} statement; this would be described with a grammar rule which
537 reads informally as follows:
538
539 @quotation
540 A `statement' can be made of a `return' keyword, an `expression' and a
541 `semicolon'.
542 @end quotation
543
544 @noindent
545 There would be many other rules for `statement', one for each kind of
546 statement in C.
547
548 @cindex start symbol
549 One nonterminal symbol must be distinguished as the special one which
550 defines a complete utterance in the language. It is called the @dfn{start
551 symbol}. In a compiler, this means a complete input program. In the C
552 language, the nonterminal symbol `sequence of definitions and declarations'
553 plays this role.
554
555 For example, @samp{1 + 2} is a valid C expression---a valid part of a C
556 program---but it is not valid as an @emph{entire} C program. In the
557 context-free grammar of C, this follows from the fact that `expression' is
558 not the start symbol.
559
560 The Bison parser reads a sequence of tokens as its input, and groups the
561 tokens using the grammar rules. If the input is valid, the end result is
562 that the entire token sequence reduces to a single grouping whose symbol is
563 the grammar's start symbol. If we use a grammar for C, the entire input
564 must be a `sequence of definitions and declarations'. If not, the parser
565 reports a syntax error.
566
567 @node Grammar in Bison
568 @section From Formal Rules to Bison Input
569 @cindex Bison grammar
570 @cindex grammar, Bison
571 @cindex formal grammar
572
573 A formal grammar is a mathematical construct. To define the language
574 for Bison, you must write a file expressing the grammar in Bison syntax:
575 a @dfn{Bison grammar} file. @xref{Grammar File, ,Bison Grammar Files}.
576
577 A nonterminal symbol in the formal grammar is represented in Bison input
578 as an identifier, like an identifier in C@. By convention, it should be
579 in lower case, such as @code{expr}, @code{stmt} or @code{declaration}.
580
581 The Bison representation for a terminal symbol is also called a @dfn{token
582 type}. Token types as well can be represented as C-like identifiers. By
583 convention, these identifiers should be upper case to distinguish them from
584 nonterminals: for example, @code{INTEGER}, @code{IDENTIFIER}, @code{IF} or
585 @code{RETURN}. A terminal symbol that stands for a particular keyword in
586 the language should be named after that keyword converted to upper case.
587 The terminal symbol @code{error} is reserved for error recovery.
588 @xref{Symbols}.
589
590 A terminal symbol can also be represented as a character literal, just like
591 a C character constant. You should do this whenever a token is just a
592 single character (parenthesis, plus-sign, etc.): use that same character in
593 a literal as the terminal symbol for that token.
594
595 A third way to represent a terminal symbol is with a C string constant
596 containing several characters. @xref{Symbols}, for more information.
597
598 The grammar rules also have an expression in Bison syntax. For example,
599 here is the Bison rule for a C @code{return} statement. The semicolon in
600 quotes is a literal character token, representing part of the C syntax for
601 the statement; the naked semicolon, and the colon, are Bison punctuation
602 used in every rule.
603
604 @example
605 stmt: RETURN expr ';'
606 ;
607 @end example
608
609 @noindent
610 @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
611
612 @node Semantic Values
613 @section Semantic Values
614 @cindex semantic value
615 @cindex value, semantic
616
617 A formal grammar selects tokens only by their classifications: for example,
618 if a rule mentions the terminal symbol `integer constant', it means that
619 @emph{any} integer constant is grammatically valid in that position. The
620 precise value of the constant is irrelevant to how to parse the input: if
621 @samp{x+4} is grammatical then @samp{x+1} or @samp{x+3989} is equally
622 grammatical.
623
624 But the precise value is very important for what the input means once it is
625 parsed. A compiler is useless if it fails to distinguish between 4, 1 and
626 3989 as constants in the program! Therefore, each token in a Bison grammar
627 has both a token type and a @dfn{semantic value}. @xref{Semantics,
628 ,Defining Language Semantics},
629 for details.
630
631 The token type is a terminal symbol defined in the grammar, such as
632 @code{INTEGER}, @code{IDENTIFIER} or @code{','}. It tells everything
633 you need to know to decide where the token may validly appear and how to
634 group it with other tokens. The grammar rules know nothing about tokens
635 except their types.
636
637 The semantic value has all the rest of the information about the
638 meaning of the token, such as the value of an integer, or the name of an
639 identifier. (A token such as @code{','} which is just punctuation doesn't
640 need to have any semantic value.)
641
642 For example, an input token might be classified as token type
643 @code{INTEGER} and have the semantic value 4. Another input token might
644 have the same token type @code{INTEGER} but value 3989. When a grammar
645 rule says that @code{INTEGER} is allowed, either of these tokens is
646 acceptable because each is an @code{INTEGER}. When the parser accepts the
647 token, it keeps track of the token's semantic value.
648
649 Each grouping can also have a semantic value as well as its nonterminal
650 symbol. For example, in a calculator, an expression typically has a
651 semantic value that is a number. In a compiler for a programming
652 language, an expression typically has a semantic value that is a tree
653 structure describing the meaning of the expression.
654
655 @node Semantic Actions
656 @section Semantic Actions
657 @cindex semantic actions
658 @cindex actions, semantic
659
660 In order to be useful, a program must do more than parse input; it must
661 also produce some output based on the input. In a Bison grammar, a grammar
662 rule can have an @dfn{action} made up of C statements. Each time the
663 parser recognizes a match for that rule, the action is executed.
664 @xref{Actions}.
665
666 Most of the time, the purpose of an action is to compute the semantic value
667 of the whole construct from the semantic values of its parts. For example,
668 suppose we have a rule which says an expression can be the sum of two
669 expressions. When the parser recognizes such a sum, each of the
670 subexpressions has a semantic value which describes how it was built up.
671 The action for this rule should create a similar sort of value for the
672 newly recognized larger expression.
673
674 For example, here is a rule that says an expression can be the sum of
675 two subexpressions:
676
677 @example
678 expr: expr '+' expr @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
679 ;
680 @end example
681
682 @noindent
683 The action says how to produce the semantic value of the sum expression
684 from the values of the two subexpressions.
685
686 @node GLR Parsers
687 @section Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers
688 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
689 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
690 @findex %glr-parser
691 @cindex conflicts
692 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
693 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
694
695 In some grammars, Bison's standard
696 @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing algorithm cannot decide whether to apply a
697 certain grammar rule at a given point. That is, it may not be able to
698 decide (on the basis of the input read so far) which of two possible
699 reductions (applications of a grammar rule) applies, or whether to apply
700 a reduction or read more of the input and apply a reduction later in the
701 input. These are known respectively as @dfn{reduce/reduce} conflicts
702 (@pxref{Reduce/Reduce}), and @dfn{shift/reduce} conflicts
703 (@pxref{Shift/Reduce}).
704
705 To use a grammar that is not easily modified to be @acronym{LALR}(1), a
706 more general parsing algorithm is sometimes necessary. If you include
707 @code{%glr-parser} among the Bison declarations in your file
708 (@pxref{Grammar Outline}), the result is a Generalized @acronym{LR}
709 (@acronym{GLR}) parser. These parsers handle Bison grammars that
710 contain no unresolved conflicts (i.e., after applying precedence
711 declarations) identically to @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers. However, when
712 faced with unresolved shift/reduce and reduce/reduce conflicts,
713 @acronym{GLR} parsers use the simple expedient of doing both,
714 effectively cloning the parser to follow both possibilities. Each of
715 the resulting parsers can again split, so that at any given time, there
716 can be any number of possible parses being explored. The parsers
717 proceed in lockstep; that is, all of them consume (shift) a given input
718 symbol before any of them proceed to the next. Each of the cloned
719 parsers eventually meets one of two possible fates: either it runs into
720 a parsing error, in which case it simply vanishes, or it merges with
721 another parser, because the two of them have reduced the input to an
722 identical set of symbols.
723
724 During the time that there are multiple parsers, semantic actions are
725 recorded, but not performed. When a parser disappears, its recorded
726 semantic actions disappear as well, and are never performed. When a
727 reduction makes two parsers identical, causing them to merge, Bison
728 records both sets of semantic actions. Whenever the last two parsers
729 merge, reverting to the single-parser case, Bison resolves all the
730 outstanding actions either by precedences given to the grammar rules
731 involved, or by performing both actions, and then calling a designated
732 user-defined function on the resulting values to produce an arbitrary
733 merged result.
734
735 @menu
736 * Simple GLR Parsers:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers on unambiguous grammars
737 * Merging GLR Parses:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers to resolve ambiguities
738 * Compiler Requirements:: @acronym{GLR} parsers require a modern C compiler
739 @end menu
740
741 @node Simple GLR Parsers
742 @subsection Using @acronym{GLR} on Unambiguous Grammars
743 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing, unambiguous grammars
744 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing, unambiguous grammars
745 @findex %glr-parser
746 @findex %expect-rr
747 @cindex conflicts
748 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
749 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
750
751 In the simplest cases, you can use the @acronym{GLR} algorithm
752 to parse grammars that are unambiguous, but fail to be @acronym{LALR}(1).
753 Such grammars typically require more than one symbol of look-ahead,
754 or (in rare cases) fall into the category of grammars in which the
755 @acronym{LALR}(1) algorithm throws away too much information (they are in
756 @acronym{LR}(1), but not @acronym{LALR}(1), @ref{Mystery Conflicts}).
757
758 Consider a problem that
759 arises in the declaration of enumerated and subrange types in the
760 programming language Pascal. Here are some examples:
761
762 @example
763 type subrange = lo .. hi;
764 type enum = (a, b, c);
765 @end example
766
767 @noindent
768 The original language standard allows only numeric
769 literals and constant identifiers for the subrange bounds (@samp{lo}
770 and @samp{hi}), but Extended Pascal (@acronym{ISO}/@acronym{IEC}
771 10206) and many other
772 Pascal implementations allow arbitrary expressions there. This gives
773 rise to the following situation, containing a superfluous pair of
774 parentheses:
775
776 @example
777 type subrange = (a) .. b;
778 @end example
779
780 @noindent
781 Compare this to the following declaration of an enumerated
782 type with only one value:
783
784 @example
785 type enum = (a);
786 @end example
787
788 @noindent
789 (These declarations are contrived, but they are syntactically
790 valid, and more-complicated cases can come up in practical programs.)
791
792 These two declarations look identical until the @samp{..} token.
793 With normal @acronym{LALR}(1) one-token look-ahead it is not
794 possible to decide between the two forms when the identifier
795 @samp{a} is parsed. It is, however, desirable
796 for a parser to decide this, since in the latter case
797 @samp{a} must become a new identifier to represent the enumeration
798 value, while in the former case @samp{a} must be evaluated with its
799 current meaning, which may be a constant or even a function call.
800
801 You could parse @samp{(a)} as an ``unspecified identifier in parentheses'',
802 to be resolved later, but this typically requires substantial
803 contortions in both semantic actions and large parts of the
804 grammar, where the parentheses are nested in the recursive rules for
805 expressions.
806
807 You might think of using the lexer to distinguish between the two
808 forms by returning different tokens for currently defined and
809 undefined identifiers. But if these declarations occur in a local
810 scope, and @samp{a} is defined in an outer scope, then both forms
811 are possible---either locally redefining @samp{a}, or using the
812 value of @samp{a} from the outer scope. So this approach cannot
813 work.
814
815 A simple solution to this problem is to declare the parser to
816 use the @acronym{GLR} algorithm.
817 When the @acronym{GLR} parser reaches the critical state, it
818 merely splits into two branches and pursues both syntax rules
819 simultaneously. Sooner or later, one of them runs into a parsing
820 error. If there is a @samp{..} token before the next
821 @samp{;}, the rule for enumerated types fails since it cannot
822 accept @samp{..} anywhere; otherwise, the subrange type rule
823 fails since it requires a @samp{..} token. So one of the branches
824 fails silently, and the other one continues normally, performing
825 all the intermediate actions that were postponed during the split.
826
827 If the input is syntactically incorrect, both branches fail and the parser
828 reports a syntax error as usual.
829
830 The effect of all this is that the parser seems to ``guess'' the
831 correct branch to take, or in other words, it seems to use more
832 look-ahead than the underlying @acronym{LALR}(1) algorithm actually allows
833 for. In this example, @acronym{LALR}(2) would suffice, but also some cases
834 that are not @acronym{LALR}(@math{k}) for any @math{k} can be handled this way.
835
836 In general, a @acronym{GLR} parser can take quadratic or cubic worst-case time,
837 and the current Bison parser even takes exponential time and space
838 for some grammars. In practice, this rarely happens, and for many
839 grammars it is possible to prove that it cannot happen.
840 The present example contains only one conflict between two
841 rules, and the type-declaration context containing the conflict
842 cannot be nested. So the number of
843 branches that can exist at any time is limited by the constant 2,
844 and the parsing time is still linear.
845
846 Here is a Bison grammar corresponding to the example above. It
847 parses a vastly simplified form of Pascal type declarations.
848
849 @example
850 %token TYPE DOTDOT ID
851
852 @group
853 %left '+' '-'
854 %left '*' '/'
855 @end group
856
857 %%
858
859 @group
860 type_decl : TYPE ID '=' type ';'
861 ;
862 @end group
863
864 @group
865 type : '(' id_list ')'
866 | expr DOTDOT expr
867 ;
868 @end group
869
870 @group
871 id_list : ID
872 | id_list ',' ID
873 ;
874 @end group
875
876 @group
877 expr : '(' expr ')'
878 | expr '+' expr
879 | expr '-' expr
880 | expr '*' expr
881 | expr '/' expr
882 | ID
883 ;
884 @end group
885 @end example
886
887 When used as a normal @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar, Bison correctly complains
888 about one reduce/reduce conflict. In the conflicting situation the
889 parser chooses one of the alternatives, arbitrarily the one
890 declared first. Therefore the following correct input is not
891 recognized:
892
893 @example
894 type t = (a) .. b;
895 @end example
896
897 The parser can be turned into a @acronym{GLR} parser, while also telling Bison
898 to be silent about the one known reduce/reduce conflict, by
899 adding these two declarations to the Bison input file (before the first
900 @samp{%%}):
901
902 @example
903 %glr-parser
904 %expect-rr 1
905 @end example
906
907 @noindent
908 No change in the grammar itself is required. Now the
909 parser recognizes all valid declarations, according to the
910 limited syntax above, transparently. In fact, the user does not even
911 notice when the parser splits.
912
913 So here we have a case where we can use the benefits of @acronym{GLR}, almost
914 without disadvantages. Even in simple cases like this, however, there
915 are at least two potential problems to beware.
916 First, always analyze the conflicts reported by
917 Bison to make sure that @acronym{GLR} splitting is only done where it is
918 intended. A @acronym{GLR} parser splitting inadvertently may cause
919 problems less obvious than an @acronym{LALR} parser statically choosing the
920 wrong alternative in a conflict.
921 Second, consider interactions with the lexer (@pxref{Semantic Tokens})
922 with great care. Since a split parser consumes tokens
923 without performing any actions during the split, the lexer cannot
924 obtain information via parser actions. Some cases of
925 lexer interactions can be eliminated by using @acronym{GLR} to
926 shift the complications from the lexer to the parser. You must check
927 the remaining cases for correctness.
928
929 In our example, it would be safe for the lexer to return tokens
930 based on their current meanings in some symbol table, because no new
931 symbols are defined in the middle of a type declaration. Though it
932 is possible for a parser to define the enumeration
933 constants as they are parsed, before the type declaration is
934 completed, it actually makes no difference since they cannot be used
935 within the same enumerated type declaration.
936
937 @node Merging GLR Parses
938 @subsection Using @acronym{GLR} to Resolve Ambiguities
939 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing, ambiguous grammars
940 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing, ambiguous grammars
941 @findex %dprec
942 @findex %merge
943 @cindex conflicts
944 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
945
946 Let's consider an example, vastly simplified from a C++ grammar.
947
948 @example
949 %@{
950 #include <stdio.h>
951 #define YYSTYPE char const *
952 int yylex (void);
953 void yyerror (char const *);
954 %@}
955
956 %token TYPENAME ID
957
958 %right '='
959 %left '+'
960
961 %glr-parser
962
963 %%
964
965 prog :
966 | prog stmt @{ printf ("\n"); @}
967 ;
968
969 stmt : expr ';' %dprec 1
970 | decl %dprec 2
971 ;
972
973 expr : ID @{ printf ("%s ", $$); @}
974 | TYPENAME '(' expr ')'
975 @{ printf ("%s <cast> ", $1); @}
976 | expr '+' expr @{ printf ("+ "); @}
977 | expr '=' expr @{ printf ("= "); @}
978 ;
979
980 decl : TYPENAME declarator ';'
981 @{ printf ("%s <declare> ", $1); @}
982 | TYPENAME declarator '=' expr ';'
983 @{ printf ("%s <init-declare> ", $1); @}
984 ;
985
986 declarator : ID @{ printf ("\"%s\" ", $1); @}
987 | '(' declarator ')'
988 ;
989 @end example
990
991 @noindent
992 This models a problematic part of the C++ grammar---the ambiguity between
993 certain declarations and statements. For example,
994
995 @example
996 T (x) = y+z;
997 @end example
998
999 @noindent
1000 parses as either an @code{expr} or a @code{stmt}
1001 (assuming that @samp{T} is recognized as a @code{TYPENAME} and
1002 @samp{x} as an @code{ID}).
1003 Bison detects this as a reduce/reduce conflict between the rules
1004 @code{expr : ID} and @code{declarator : ID}, which it cannot resolve at the
1005 time it encounters @code{x} in the example above. Since this is a
1006 @acronym{GLR} parser, it therefore splits the problem into two parses, one for
1007 each choice of resolving the reduce/reduce conflict.
1008 Unlike the example from the previous section (@pxref{Simple GLR Parsers}),
1009 however, neither of these parses ``dies,'' because the grammar as it stands is
1010 ambiguous. One of the parsers eventually reduces @code{stmt : expr ';'} and
1011 the other reduces @code{stmt : decl}, after which both parsers are in an
1012 identical state: they've seen @samp{prog stmt} and have the same unprocessed
1013 input remaining. We say that these parses have @dfn{merged.}
1014
1015 At this point, the @acronym{GLR} parser requires a specification in the
1016 grammar of how to choose between the competing parses.
1017 In the example above, the two @code{%dprec}
1018 declarations specify that Bison is to give precedence
1019 to the parse that interprets the example as a
1020 @code{decl}, which implies that @code{x} is a declarator.
1021 The parser therefore prints
1022
1023 @example
1024 "x" y z + T <init-declare>
1025 @end example
1026
1027 The @code{%dprec} declarations only come into play when more than one
1028 parse survives. Consider a different input string for this parser:
1029
1030 @example
1031 T (x) + y;
1032 @end example
1033
1034 @noindent
1035 This is another example of using @acronym{GLR} to parse an unambiguous
1036 construct, as shown in the previous section (@pxref{Simple GLR Parsers}).
1037 Here, there is no ambiguity (this cannot be parsed as a declaration).
1038 However, at the time the Bison parser encounters @code{x}, it does not
1039 have enough information to resolve the reduce/reduce conflict (again,
1040 between @code{x} as an @code{expr} or a @code{declarator}). In this
1041 case, no precedence declaration is used. Again, the parser splits
1042 into two, one assuming that @code{x} is an @code{expr}, and the other
1043 assuming @code{x} is a @code{declarator}. The second of these parsers
1044 then vanishes when it sees @code{+}, and the parser prints
1045
1046 @example
1047 x T <cast> y +
1048 @end example
1049
1050 Suppose that instead of resolving the ambiguity, you wanted to see all
1051 the possibilities. For this purpose, you must merge the semantic
1052 actions of the two possible parsers, rather than choosing one over the
1053 other. To do so, you could change the declaration of @code{stmt} as
1054 follows:
1055
1056 @example
1057 stmt : expr ';' %merge <stmtMerge>
1058 | decl %merge <stmtMerge>
1059 ;
1060 @end example
1061
1062 @noindent
1063 and define the @code{stmtMerge} function as:
1064
1065 @example
1066 static YYSTYPE
1067 stmtMerge (YYSTYPE x0, YYSTYPE x1)
1068 @{
1069 printf ("<OR> ");
1070 return "";
1071 @}
1072 @end example
1073
1074 @noindent
1075 with an accompanying forward declaration
1076 in the C declarations at the beginning of the file:
1077
1078 @example
1079 %@{
1080 #define YYSTYPE char const *
1081 static YYSTYPE stmtMerge (YYSTYPE x0, YYSTYPE x1);
1082 %@}
1083 @end example
1084
1085 @noindent
1086 With these declarations, the resulting parser parses the first example
1087 as both an @code{expr} and a @code{decl}, and prints
1088
1089 @example
1090 "x" y z + T <init-declare> x T <cast> y z + = <OR>
1091 @end example
1092
1093 Bison requires that all of the
1094 productions that participate in any particular merge have identical
1095 @samp{%merge} clauses. Otherwise, the ambiguity would be unresolvable,
1096 and the parser will report an error during any parse that results in
1097 the offending merge.
1098
1099 @node Compiler Requirements
1100 @subsection Considerations when Compiling @acronym{GLR} Parsers
1101 @cindex @code{inline}
1102 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{inline}
1103
1104 The @acronym{GLR} parsers require a compiler for @acronym{ISO} C89 or
1105 later. In addition, they use the @code{inline} keyword, which is not
1106 C89, but is C99 and is a common extension in pre-C99 compilers. It is
1107 up to the user of these parsers to handle
1108 portability issues. For instance, if using Autoconf and the Autoconf
1109 macro @code{AC_C_INLINE}, a mere
1110
1111 @example
1112 %@{
1113 #include <config.h>
1114 %@}
1115 @end example
1116
1117 @noindent
1118 will suffice. Otherwise, we suggest
1119
1120 @example
1121 %@{
1122 #if __STDC_VERSION__ < 199901 && ! defined __GNUC__ && ! defined inline
1123 #define inline
1124 #endif
1125 %@}
1126 @end example
1127
1128 @node Locations Overview
1129 @section Locations
1130 @cindex location
1131 @cindex textual location
1132 @cindex location, textual
1133
1134 Many applications, like interpreters or compilers, have to produce verbose
1135 and useful error messages. To achieve this, one must be able to keep track of
1136 the @dfn{textual location}, or @dfn{location}, of each syntactic construct.
1137 Bison provides a mechanism for handling these locations.
1138
1139 Each token has a semantic value. In a similar fashion, each token has an
1140 associated location, but the type of locations is the same for all tokens and
1141 groupings. Moreover, the output parser is equipped with a default data
1142 structure for storing locations (@pxref{Locations}, for more details).
1143
1144 Like semantic values, locations can be reached in actions using a dedicated
1145 set of constructs. In the example above, the location of the whole grouping
1146 is @code{@@$}, while the locations of the subexpressions are @code{@@1} and
1147 @code{@@3}.
1148
1149 When a rule is matched, a default action is used to compute the semantic value
1150 of its left hand side (@pxref{Actions}). In the same way, another default
1151 action is used for locations. However, the action for locations is general
1152 enough for most cases, meaning there is usually no need to describe for each
1153 rule how @code{@@$} should be formed. When building a new location for a given
1154 grouping, the default behavior of the output parser is to take the beginning
1155 of the first symbol, and the end of the last symbol.
1156
1157 @node Bison Parser
1158 @section Bison Output: the Parser File
1159 @cindex Bison parser
1160 @cindex Bison utility
1161 @cindex lexical analyzer, purpose
1162 @cindex parser
1163
1164 When you run Bison, you give it a Bison grammar file as input. The output
1165 is a C source file that parses the language described by the grammar.
1166 This file is called a @dfn{Bison parser}. Keep in mind that the Bison
1167 utility and the Bison parser are two distinct programs: the Bison utility
1168 is a program whose output is the Bison parser that becomes part of your
1169 program.
1170
1171 The job of the Bison parser is to group tokens into groupings according to
1172 the grammar rules---for example, to build identifiers and operators into
1173 expressions. As it does this, it runs the actions for the grammar rules it
1174 uses.
1175
1176 The tokens come from a function called the @dfn{lexical analyzer} that
1177 you must supply in some fashion (such as by writing it in C). The Bison
1178 parser calls the lexical analyzer each time it wants a new token. It
1179 doesn't know what is ``inside'' the tokens (though their semantic values
1180 may reflect this). Typically the lexical analyzer makes the tokens by
1181 parsing characters of text, but Bison does not depend on this.
1182 @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
1183
1184 The Bison parser file is C code which defines a function named
1185 @code{yyparse} which implements that grammar. This function does not make
1186 a complete C program: you must supply some additional functions. One is
1187 the lexical analyzer. Another is an error-reporting function which the
1188 parser calls to report an error. In addition, a complete C program must
1189 start with a function called @code{main}; you have to provide this, and
1190 arrange for it to call @code{yyparse} or the parser will never run.
1191 @xref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}.
1192
1193 Aside from the token type names and the symbols in the actions you
1194 write, all symbols defined in the Bison parser file itself
1195 begin with @samp{yy} or @samp{YY}. This includes interface functions
1196 such as the lexical analyzer function @code{yylex}, the error reporting
1197 function @code{yyerror} and the parser function @code{yyparse} itself.
1198 This also includes numerous identifiers used for internal purposes.
1199 Therefore, you should avoid using C identifiers starting with @samp{yy}
1200 or @samp{YY} in the Bison grammar file except for the ones defined in
1201 this manual. Also, you should avoid using the C identifiers
1202 @samp{malloc} and @samp{free} for anything other than their usual
1203 meanings.
1204
1205 In some cases the Bison parser file includes system headers, and in
1206 those cases your code should respect the identifiers reserved by those
1207 headers. On some non-@acronym{GNU} hosts, @code{<alloca.h>}, @code{<malloc.h>},
1208 @code{<stddef.h>}, and @code{<stdlib.h>} are included as needed to
1209 declare memory allocators and related types. @code{<libintl.h>} is
1210 included if message translation is in use
1211 (@pxref{Internationalization}). Other system headers may
1212 be included if you define @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value
1213 (@pxref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}).
1214
1215 @node Stages
1216 @section Stages in Using Bison
1217 @cindex stages in using Bison
1218 @cindex using Bison
1219
1220 The actual language-design process using Bison, from grammar specification
1221 to a working compiler or interpreter, has these parts:
1222
1223 @enumerate
1224 @item
1225 Formally specify the grammar in a form recognized by Bison
1226 (@pxref{Grammar File, ,Bison Grammar Files}). For each grammatical rule
1227 in the language, describe the action that is to be taken when an
1228 instance of that rule is recognized. The action is described by a
1229 sequence of C statements.
1230
1231 @item
1232 Write a lexical analyzer to process input and pass tokens to the parser.
1233 The lexical analyzer may be written by hand in C (@pxref{Lexical, ,The
1234 Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}). It could also be produced
1235 using Lex, but the use of Lex is not discussed in this manual.
1236
1237 @item
1238 Write a controlling function that calls the Bison-produced parser.
1239
1240 @item
1241 Write error-reporting routines.
1242 @end enumerate
1243
1244 To turn this source code as written into a runnable program, you
1245 must follow these steps:
1246
1247 @enumerate
1248 @item
1249 Run Bison on the grammar to produce the parser.
1250
1251 @item
1252 Compile the code output by Bison, as well as any other source files.
1253
1254 @item
1255 Link the object files to produce the finished product.
1256 @end enumerate
1257
1258 @node Grammar Layout
1259 @section The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar
1260 @cindex grammar file
1261 @cindex file format
1262 @cindex format of grammar file
1263 @cindex layout of Bison grammar
1264
1265 The input file for the Bison utility is a @dfn{Bison grammar file}. The
1266 general form of a Bison grammar file is as follows:
1267
1268 @example
1269 %@{
1270 @var{Prologue}
1271 %@}
1272
1273 @var{Bison declarations}
1274
1275 %%
1276 @var{Grammar rules}
1277 %%
1278 @var{Epilogue}
1279 @end example
1280
1281 @noindent
1282 The @samp{%%}, @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} are punctuation that appears
1283 in every Bison grammar file to separate the sections.
1284
1285 The prologue may define types and variables used in the actions. You can
1286 also use preprocessor commands to define macros used there, and use
1287 @code{#include} to include header files that do any of these things.
1288 You need to declare the lexical analyzer @code{yylex} and the error
1289 printer @code{yyerror} here, along with any other global identifiers
1290 used by the actions in the grammar rules.
1291
1292 The Bison declarations declare the names of the terminal and nonterminal
1293 symbols, and may also describe operator precedence and the data types of
1294 semantic values of various symbols.
1295
1296 The grammar rules define how to construct each nonterminal symbol from its
1297 parts.
1298
1299 The epilogue can contain any code you want to use. Often the
1300 definitions of functions declared in the prologue go here. In a
1301 simple program, all the rest of the program can go here.
1302
1303 @node Examples
1304 @chapter Examples
1305 @cindex simple examples
1306 @cindex examples, simple
1307
1308 Now we show and explain three sample programs written using Bison: a
1309 reverse polish notation calculator, an algebraic (infix) notation
1310 calculator, and a multi-function calculator. All three have been tested
1311 under BSD Unix 4.3; each produces a usable, though limited, interactive
1312 desk-top calculator.
1313
1314 These examples are simple, but Bison grammars for real programming
1315 languages are written the same way.
1316 @ifinfo
1317 You can copy these examples out of the Info file and into a source file
1318 to try them.
1319 @end ifinfo
1320
1321 @menu
1322 * RPN Calc:: Reverse polish notation calculator;
1323 a first example with no operator precedence.
1324 * Infix Calc:: Infix (algebraic) notation calculator.
1325 Operator precedence is introduced.
1326 * Simple Error Recovery:: Continuing after syntax errors.
1327 * Location Tracking Calc:: Demonstrating the use of @@@var{n} and @@$.
1328 * Multi-function Calc:: Calculator with memory and trig functions.
1329 It uses multiple data-types for semantic values.
1330 * Exercises:: Ideas for improving the multi-function calculator.
1331 @end menu
1332
1333 @node RPN Calc
1334 @section Reverse Polish Notation Calculator
1335 @cindex reverse polish notation
1336 @cindex polish notation calculator
1337 @cindex @code{rpcalc}
1338 @cindex calculator, simple
1339
1340 The first example is that of a simple double-precision @dfn{reverse polish
1341 notation} calculator (a calculator using postfix operators). This example
1342 provides a good starting point, since operator precedence is not an issue.
1343 The second example will illustrate how operator precedence is handled.
1344
1345 The source code for this calculator is named @file{rpcalc.y}. The
1346 @samp{.y} extension is a convention used for Bison input files.
1347
1348 @menu
1349 * Decls: Rpcalc Decls. Prologue (declarations) for rpcalc.
1350 * Rules: Rpcalc Rules. Grammar Rules for rpcalc, with explanation.
1351 * Lexer: Rpcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
1352 * Main: Rpcalc Main. The controlling function.
1353 * Error: Rpcalc Error. The error reporting function.
1354 * Gen: Rpcalc Gen. Running Bison on the grammar file.
1355 * Comp: Rpcalc Compile. Run the C compiler on the output code.
1356 @end menu
1357
1358 @node Rpcalc Decls
1359 @subsection Declarations for @code{rpcalc}
1360
1361 Here are the C and Bison declarations for the reverse polish notation
1362 calculator. As in C, comments are placed between @samp{/*@dots{}*/}.
1363
1364 @example
1365 /* Reverse polish notation calculator. */
1366
1367 %@{
1368 #define YYSTYPE double
1369 #include <math.h>
1370 int yylex (void);
1371 void yyerror (char const *);
1372 %@}
1373
1374 %token NUM
1375
1376 %% /* Grammar rules and actions follow. */
1377 @end example
1378
1379 The declarations section (@pxref{Prologue, , The prologue}) contains two
1380 preprocessor directives and two forward declarations.
1381
1382 The @code{#define} directive defines the macro @code{YYSTYPE}, thus
1383 specifying the C data type for semantic values of both tokens and
1384 groupings (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}). The
1385 Bison parser will use whatever type @code{YYSTYPE} is defined as; if you
1386 don't define it, @code{int} is the default. Because we specify
1387 @code{double}, each token and each expression has an associated value,
1388 which is a floating point number.
1389
1390 The @code{#include} directive is used to declare the exponentiation
1391 function @code{pow}.
1392
1393 The forward declarations for @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} are
1394 needed because the C language requires that functions be declared
1395 before they are used. These functions will be defined in the
1396 epilogue, but the parser calls them so they must be declared in the
1397 prologue.
1398
1399 The second section, Bison declarations, provides information to Bison
1400 about the token types (@pxref{Bison Declarations, ,The Bison
1401 Declarations Section}). Each terminal symbol that is not a
1402 single-character literal must be declared here. (Single-character
1403 literals normally don't need to be declared.) In this example, all the
1404 arithmetic operators are designated by single-character literals, so the
1405 only terminal symbol that needs to be declared is @code{NUM}, the token
1406 type for numeric constants.
1407
1408 @node Rpcalc Rules
1409 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{rpcalc}
1410
1411 Here are the grammar rules for the reverse polish notation calculator.
1412
1413 @example
1414 input: /* empty */
1415 | input line
1416 ;
1417
1418 line: '\n'
1419 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1420 ;
1421
1422 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
1423 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1424 | exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @}
1425 | exp exp '*' @{ $$ = $1 * $2; @}
1426 | exp exp '/' @{ $$ = $1 / $2; @}
1427 /* Exponentiation */
1428 | exp exp '^' @{ $$ = pow ($1, $2); @}
1429 /* Unary minus */
1430 | exp 'n' @{ $$ = -$1; @}
1431 ;
1432 %%
1433 @end example
1434
1435 The groupings of the rpcalc ``language'' defined here are the expression
1436 (given the name @code{exp}), the line of input (@code{line}), and the
1437 complete input transcript (@code{input}). Each of these nonterminal
1438 symbols has several alternate rules, joined by the @samp{|} punctuator
1439 which is read as ``or''. The following sections explain what these rules
1440 mean.
1441
1442 The semantics of the language is determined by the actions taken when a
1443 grouping is recognized. The actions are the C code that appears inside
1444 braces. @xref{Actions}.
1445
1446 You must specify these actions in C, but Bison provides the means for
1447 passing semantic values between the rules. In each action, the
1448 pseudo-variable @code{$$} stands for the semantic value for the grouping
1449 that the rule is going to construct. Assigning a value to @code{$$} is the
1450 main job of most actions. The semantic values of the components of the
1451 rule are referred to as @code{$1}, @code{$2}, and so on.
1452
1453 @menu
1454 * Rpcalc Input::
1455 * Rpcalc Line::
1456 * Rpcalc Expr::
1457 @end menu
1458
1459 @node Rpcalc Input
1460 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{input}
1461
1462 Consider the definition of @code{input}:
1463
1464 @example
1465 input: /* empty */
1466 | input line
1467 ;
1468 @end example
1469
1470 This definition reads as follows: ``A complete input is either an empty
1471 string, or a complete input followed by an input line''. Notice that
1472 ``complete input'' is defined in terms of itself. This definition is said
1473 to be @dfn{left recursive} since @code{input} appears always as the
1474 leftmost symbol in the sequence. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive Rules}.
1475
1476 The first alternative is empty because there are no symbols between the
1477 colon and the first @samp{|}; this means that @code{input} can match an
1478 empty string of input (no tokens). We write the rules this way because it
1479 is legitimate to type @kbd{Ctrl-d} right after you start the calculator.
1480 It's conventional to put an empty alternative first and write the comment
1481 @samp{/* empty */} in it.
1482
1483 The second alternate rule (@code{input line}) handles all nontrivial input.
1484 It means, ``After reading any number of lines, read one more line if
1485 possible.'' The left recursion makes this rule into a loop. Since the
1486 first alternative matches empty input, the loop can be executed zero or
1487 more times.
1488
1489 The parser function @code{yyparse} continues to process input until a
1490 grammatical error is seen or the lexical analyzer says there are no more
1491 input tokens; we will arrange for the latter to happen at end-of-input.
1492
1493 @node Rpcalc Line
1494 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{line}
1495
1496 Now consider the definition of @code{line}:
1497
1498 @example
1499 line: '\n'
1500 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1501 ;
1502 @end example
1503
1504 The first alternative is a token which is a newline character; this means
1505 that rpcalc accepts a blank line (and ignores it, since there is no
1506 action). The second alternative is an expression followed by a newline.
1507 This is the alternative that makes rpcalc useful. The semantic value of
1508 the @code{exp} grouping is the value of @code{$1} because the @code{exp} in
1509 question is the first symbol in the alternative. The action prints this
1510 value, which is the result of the computation the user asked for.
1511
1512 This action is unusual because it does not assign a value to @code{$$}. As
1513 a consequence, the semantic value associated with the @code{line} is
1514 uninitialized (its value will be unpredictable). This would be a bug if
1515 that value were ever used, but we don't use it: once rpcalc has printed the
1516 value of the user's input line, that value is no longer needed.
1517
1518 @node Rpcalc Expr
1519 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{expr}
1520
1521 The @code{exp} grouping has several rules, one for each kind of expression.
1522 The first rule handles the simplest expressions: those that are just numbers.
1523 The second handles an addition-expression, which looks like two expressions
1524 followed by a plus-sign. The third handles subtraction, and so on.
1525
1526 @example
1527 exp: NUM
1528 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1529 | exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @}
1530 @dots{}
1531 ;
1532 @end example
1533
1534 We have used @samp{|} to join all the rules for @code{exp}, but we could
1535 equally well have written them separately:
1536
1537 @example
1538 exp: NUM ;
1539 exp: exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @} ;
1540 exp: exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @} ;
1541 @dots{}
1542 @end example
1543
1544 Most of the rules have actions that compute the value of the expression in
1545 terms of the value of its parts. For example, in the rule for addition,
1546 @code{$1} refers to the first component @code{exp} and @code{$2} refers to
1547 the second one. The third component, @code{'+'}, has no meaningful
1548 associated semantic value, but if it had one you could refer to it as
1549 @code{$3}. When @code{yyparse} recognizes a sum expression using this
1550 rule, the sum of the two subexpressions' values is produced as the value of
1551 the entire expression. @xref{Actions}.
1552
1553 You don't have to give an action for every rule. When a rule has no
1554 action, Bison by default copies the value of @code{$1} into @code{$$}.
1555 This is what happens in the first rule (the one that uses @code{NUM}).
1556
1557 The formatting shown here is the recommended convention, but Bison does
1558 not require it. You can add or change white space as much as you wish.
1559 For example, this:
1560
1561 @example
1562 exp : NUM | exp exp '+' @{$$ = $1 + $2; @} | @dots{} ;
1563 @end example
1564
1565 @noindent
1566 means the same thing as this:
1567
1568 @example
1569 exp: NUM
1570 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1571 | @dots{}
1572 ;
1573 @end example
1574
1575 @noindent
1576 The latter, however, is much more readable.
1577
1578 @node Rpcalc Lexer
1579 @subsection The @code{rpcalc} Lexical Analyzer
1580 @cindex writing a lexical analyzer
1581 @cindex lexical analyzer, writing
1582
1583 The lexical analyzer's job is low-level parsing: converting characters
1584 or sequences of characters into tokens. The Bison parser gets its
1585 tokens by calling the lexical analyzer. @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical
1586 Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
1587
1588 Only a simple lexical analyzer is needed for the @acronym{RPN}
1589 calculator. This
1590 lexical analyzer skips blanks and tabs, then reads in numbers as
1591 @code{double} and returns them as @code{NUM} tokens. Any other character
1592 that isn't part of a number is a separate token. Note that the token-code
1593 for such a single-character token is the character itself.
1594
1595 The return value of the lexical analyzer function is a numeric code which
1596 represents a token type. The same text used in Bison rules to stand for
1597 this token type is also a C expression for the numeric code for the type.
1598 This works in two ways. If the token type is a character literal, then its
1599 numeric code is that of the character; you can use the same
1600 character literal in the lexical analyzer to express the number. If the
1601 token type is an identifier, that identifier is defined by Bison as a C
1602 macro whose definition is the appropriate number. In this example,
1603 therefore, @code{NUM} becomes a macro for @code{yylex} to use.
1604
1605 The semantic value of the token (if it has one) is stored into the
1606 global variable @code{yylval}, which is where the Bison parser will look
1607 for it. (The C data type of @code{yylval} is @code{YYSTYPE}, which was
1608 defined at the beginning of the grammar; @pxref{Rpcalc Decls,
1609 ,Declarations for @code{rpcalc}}.)
1610
1611 A token type code of zero is returned if the end-of-input is encountered.
1612 (Bison recognizes any nonpositive value as indicating end-of-input.)
1613
1614 Here is the code for the lexical analyzer:
1615
1616 @example
1617 @group
1618 /* The lexical analyzer returns a double floating point
1619 number on the stack and the token NUM, or the numeric code
1620 of the character read if not a number. It skips all blanks
1621 and tabs, and returns 0 for end-of-input. */
1622
1623 #include <ctype.h>
1624 @end group
1625
1626 @group
1627 int
1628 yylex (void)
1629 @{
1630 int c;
1631
1632 /* Skip white space. */
1633 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t')
1634 ;
1635 @end group
1636 @group
1637 /* Process numbers. */
1638 if (c == '.' || isdigit (c))
1639 @{
1640 ungetc (c, stdin);
1641 scanf ("%lf", &yylval);
1642 return NUM;
1643 @}
1644 @end group
1645 @group
1646 /* Return end-of-input. */
1647 if (c == EOF)
1648 return 0;
1649 /* Return a single char. */
1650 return c;
1651 @}
1652 @end group
1653 @end example
1654
1655 @node Rpcalc Main
1656 @subsection The Controlling Function
1657 @cindex controlling function
1658 @cindex main function in simple example
1659
1660 In keeping with the spirit of this example, the controlling function is
1661 kept to the bare minimum. The only requirement is that it call
1662 @code{yyparse} to start the process of parsing.
1663
1664 @example
1665 @group
1666 int
1667 main (void)
1668 @{
1669 return yyparse ();
1670 @}
1671 @end group
1672 @end example
1673
1674 @node Rpcalc Error
1675 @subsection The Error Reporting Routine
1676 @cindex error reporting routine
1677
1678 When @code{yyparse} detects a syntax error, it calls the error reporting
1679 function @code{yyerror} to print an error message (usually but not
1680 always @code{"syntax error"}). It is up to the programmer to supply
1681 @code{yyerror} (@pxref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}), so
1682 here is the definition we will use:
1683
1684 @example
1685 @group
1686 #include <stdio.h>
1687
1688 /* Called by yyparse on error. */
1689 void
1690 yyerror (char const *s)
1691 @{
1692 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", s);
1693 @}
1694 @end group
1695 @end example
1696
1697 After @code{yyerror} returns, the Bison parser may recover from the error
1698 and continue parsing if the grammar contains a suitable error rule
1699 (@pxref{Error Recovery}). Otherwise, @code{yyparse} returns nonzero. We
1700 have not written any error rules in this example, so any invalid input will
1701 cause the calculator program to exit. This is not clean behavior for a
1702 real calculator, but it is adequate for the first example.
1703
1704 @node Rpcalc Gen
1705 @subsection Running Bison to Make the Parser
1706 @cindex running Bison (introduction)
1707
1708 Before running Bison to produce a parser, we need to decide how to
1709 arrange all the source code in one or more source files. For such a
1710 simple example, the easiest thing is to put everything in one file. The
1711 definitions of @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main} go at the
1712 end, in the epilogue of the file
1713 (@pxref{Grammar Layout, ,The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar}).
1714
1715 For a large project, you would probably have several source files, and use
1716 @code{make} to arrange to recompile them.
1717
1718 With all the source in a single file, you use the following command to
1719 convert it into a parser file:
1720
1721 @example
1722 bison @var{file}.y
1723 @end example
1724
1725 @noindent
1726 In this example the file was called @file{rpcalc.y} (for ``Reverse Polish
1727 @sc{calc}ulator''). Bison produces a file named @file{@var{file}.tab.c},
1728 removing the @samp{.y} from the original file name. The file output by
1729 Bison contains the source code for @code{yyparse}. The additional
1730 functions in the input file (@code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main})
1731 are copied verbatim to the output.
1732
1733 @node Rpcalc Compile
1734 @subsection Compiling the Parser File
1735 @cindex compiling the parser
1736
1737 Here is how to compile and run the parser file:
1738
1739 @example
1740 @group
1741 # @r{List files in current directory.}
1742 $ @kbd{ls}
1743 rpcalc.tab.c rpcalc.y
1744 @end group
1745
1746 @group
1747 # @r{Compile the Bison parser.}
1748 # @r{@samp{-lm} tells compiler to search math library for @code{pow}.}
1749 $ @kbd{cc -lm -o rpcalc rpcalc.tab.c}
1750 @end group
1751
1752 @group
1753 # @r{List files again.}
1754 $ @kbd{ls}
1755 rpcalc rpcalc.tab.c rpcalc.y
1756 @end group
1757 @end example
1758
1759 The file @file{rpcalc} now contains the executable code. Here is an
1760 example session using @code{rpcalc}.
1761
1762 @example
1763 $ @kbd{rpcalc}
1764 @kbd{4 9 +}
1765 13
1766 @kbd{3 7 + 3 4 5 *+-}
1767 -13
1768 @kbd{3 7 + 3 4 5 * + - n} @r{Note the unary minus, @samp{n}}
1769 13
1770 @kbd{5 6 / 4 n +}
1771 -3.166666667
1772 @kbd{3 4 ^} @r{Exponentiation}
1773 81
1774 @kbd{^D} @r{End-of-file indicator}
1775 $
1776 @end example
1777
1778 @node Infix Calc
1779 @section Infix Notation Calculator: @code{calc}
1780 @cindex infix notation calculator
1781 @cindex @code{calc}
1782 @cindex calculator, infix notation
1783
1784 We now modify rpcalc to handle infix operators instead of postfix. Infix
1785 notation involves the concept of operator precedence and the need for
1786 parentheses nested to arbitrary depth. Here is the Bison code for
1787 @file{calc.y}, an infix desk-top calculator.
1788
1789 @example
1790 /* Infix notation calculator. */
1791
1792 %@{
1793 #define YYSTYPE double
1794 #include <math.h>
1795 #include <stdio.h>
1796 int yylex (void);
1797 void yyerror (char const *);
1798 %@}
1799
1800 /* Bison declarations. */
1801 %token NUM
1802 %left '-' '+'
1803 %left '*' '/'
1804 %left NEG /* negation--unary minus */
1805 %right '^' /* exponentiation */
1806
1807 %% /* The grammar follows. */
1808 input: /* empty */
1809 | input line
1810 ;
1811
1812 line: '\n'
1813 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1814 ;
1815
1816 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
1817 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
1818 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
1819 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
1820 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
1821 | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
1822 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
1823 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
1824 ;
1825 %%
1826 @end example
1827
1828 @noindent
1829 The functions @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main} can be the
1830 same as before.
1831
1832 There are two important new features shown in this code.
1833
1834 In the second section (Bison declarations), @code{%left} declares token
1835 types and says they are left-associative operators. The declarations
1836 @code{%left} and @code{%right} (right associativity) take the place of
1837 @code{%token} which is used to declare a token type name without
1838 associativity. (These tokens are single-character literals, which
1839 ordinarily don't need to be declared. We declare them here to specify
1840 the associativity.)
1841
1842 Operator precedence is determined by the line ordering of the
1843 declarations; the higher the line number of the declaration (lower on
1844 the page or screen), the higher the precedence. Hence, exponentiation
1845 has the highest precedence, unary minus (@code{NEG}) is next, followed
1846 by @samp{*} and @samp{/}, and so on. @xref{Precedence, ,Operator
1847 Precedence}.
1848
1849 The other important new feature is the @code{%prec} in the grammar
1850 section for the unary minus operator. The @code{%prec} simply instructs
1851 Bison that the rule @samp{| '-' exp} has the same precedence as
1852 @code{NEG}---in this case the next-to-highest. @xref{Contextual
1853 Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.
1854
1855 Here is a sample run of @file{calc.y}:
1856
1857 @need 500
1858 @example
1859 $ @kbd{calc}
1860 @kbd{4 + 4.5 - (34/(8*3+-3))}
1861 6.880952381
1862 @kbd{-56 + 2}
1863 -54
1864 @kbd{3 ^ 2}
1865 9
1866 @end example
1867
1868 @node Simple Error Recovery
1869 @section Simple Error Recovery
1870 @cindex error recovery, simple
1871
1872 Up to this point, this manual has not addressed the issue of @dfn{error
1873 recovery}---how to continue parsing after the parser detects a syntax
1874 error. All we have handled is error reporting with @code{yyerror}.
1875 Recall that by default @code{yyparse} returns after calling
1876 @code{yyerror}. This means that an erroneous input line causes the
1877 calculator program to exit. Now we show how to rectify this deficiency.
1878
1879 The Bison language itself includes the reserved word @code{error}, which
1880 may be included in the grammar rules. In the example below it has
1881 been added to one of the alternatives for @code{line}:
1882
1883 @example
1884 @group
1885 line: '\n'
1886 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1887 | error '\n' @{ yyerrok; @}
1888 ;
1889 @end group
1890 @end example
1891
1892 This addition to the grammar allows for simple error recovery in the
1893 event of a syntax error. If an expression that cannot be evaluated is
1894 read, the error will be recognized by the third rule for @code{line},
1895 and parsing will continue. (The @code{yyerror} function is still called
1896 upon to print its message as well.) The action executes the statement
1897 @code{yyerrok}, a macro defined automatically by Bison; its meaning is
1898 that error recovery is complete (@pxref{Error Recovery}). Note the
1899 difference between @code{yyerrok} and @code{yyerror}; neither one is a
1900 misprint.
1901
1902 This form of error recovery deals with syntax errors. There are other
1903 kinds of errors; for example, division by zero, which raises an exception
1904 signal that is normally fatal. A real calculator program must handle this
1905 signal and use @code{longjmp} to return to @code{main} and resume parsing
1906 input lines; it would also have to discard the rest of the current line of
1907 input. We won't discuss this issue further because it is not specific to
1908 Bison programs.
1909
1910 @node Location Tracking Calc
1911 @section Location Tracking Calculator: @code{ltcalc}
1912 @cindex location tracking calculator
1913 @cindex @code{ltcalc}
1914 @cindex calculator, location tracking
1915
1916 This example extends the infix notation calculator with location
1917 tracking. This feature will be used to improve the error messages. For
1918 the sake of clarity, this example is a simple integer calculator, since
1919 most of the work needed to use locations will be done in the lexical
1920 analyzer.
1921
1922 @menu
1923 * Decls: Ltcalc Decls. Bison and C declarations for ltcalc.
1924 * Rules: Ltcalc Rules. Grammar rules for ltcalc, with explanations.
1925 * Lexer: Ltcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
1926 @end menu
1927
1928 @node Ltcalc Decls
1929 @subsection Declarations for @code{ltcalc}
1930
1931 The C and Bison declarations for the location tracking calculator are
1932 the same as the declarations for the infix notation calculator.
1933
1934 @example
1935 /* Location tracking calculator. */
1936
1937 %@{
1938 #define YYSTYPE int
1939 #include <math.h>
1940 int yylex (void);
1941 void yyerror (char const *);
1942 %@}
1943
1944 /* Bison declarations. */
1945 %token NUM
1946
1947 %left '-' '+'
1948 %left '*' '/'
1949 %left NEG
1950 %right '^'
1951
1952 %% /* The grammar follows. */
1953 @end example
1954
1955 @noindent
1956 Note there are no declarations specific to locations. Defining a data
1957 type for storing locations is not needed: we will use the type provided
1958 by default (@pxref{Location Type, ,Data Types of Locations}), which is a
1959 four member structure with the following integer fields:
1960 @code{first_line}, @code{first_column}, @code{last_line} and
1961 @code{last_column}.
1962
1963 @node Ltcalc Rules
1964 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{ltcalc}
1965
1966 Whether handling locations or not has no effect on the syntax of your
1967 language. Therefore, grammar rules for this example will be very close
1968 to those of the previous example: we will only modify them to benefit
1969 from the new information.
1970
1971 Here, we will use locations to report divisions by zero, and locate the
1972 wrong expressions or subexpressions.
1973
1974 @example
1975 @group
1976 input : /* empty */
1977 | input line
1978 ;
1979 @end group
1980
1981 @group
1982 line : '\n'
1983 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("%d\n", $1); @}
1984 ;
1985 @end group
1986
1987 @group
1988 exp : NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
1989 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
1990 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
1991 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
1992 @end group
1993 @group
1994 | exp '/' exp
1995 @{
1996 if ($3)
1997 $$ = $1 / $3;
1998 else
1999 @{
2000 $$ = 1;
2001 fprintf (stderr, "%d.%d-%d.%d: division by zero",
2002 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
2003 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
2004 @}
2005 @}
2006 @end group
2007 @group
2008 | '-' exp %preg NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
2009 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
2010 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
2011 @end group
2012 @end example
2013
2014 This code shows how to reach locations inside of semantic actions, by
2015 using the pseudo-variables @code{@@@var{n}} for rule components, and the
2016 pseudo-variable @code{@@$} for groupings.
2017
2018 We don't need to assign a value to @code{@@$}: the output parser does it
2019 automatically. By default, before executing the C code of each action,
2020 @code{@@$} is set to range from the beginning of @code{@@1} to the end
2021 of @code{@@@var{n}}, for a rule with @var{n} components. This behavior
2022 can be redefined (@pxref{Location Default Action, , Default Action for
2023 Locations}), and for very specific rules, @code{@@$} can be computed by
2024 hand.
2025
2026 @node Ltcalc Lexer
2027 @subsection The @code{ltcalc} Lexical Analyzer.
2028
2029 Until now, we relied on Bison's defaults to enable location
2030 tracking. The next step is to rewrite the lexical analyzer, and make it
2031 able to feed the parser with the token locations, as it already does for
2032 semantic values.
2033
2034 To this end, we must take into account every single character of the
2035 input text, to avoid the computed locations of being fuzzy or wrong:
2036
2037 @example
2038 @group
2039 int
2040 yylex (void)
2041 @{
2042 int c;
2043 @end group
2044
2045 @group
2046 /* Skip white space. */
2047 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t')
2048 ++yylloc.last_column;
2049 @end group
2050
2051 @group
2052 /* Step. */
2053 yylloc.first_line = yylloc.last_line;
2054 yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column;
2055 @end group
2056
2057 @group
2058 /* Process numbers. */
2059 if (isdigit (c))
2060 @{
2061 yylval = c - '0';
2062 ++yylloc.last_column;
2063 while (isdigit (c = getchar ()))
2064 @{
2065 ++yylloc.last_column;
2066 yylval = yylval * 10 + c - '0';
2067 @}
2068 ungetc (c, stdin);
2069 return NUM;
2070 @}
2071 @end group
2072
2073 /* Return end-of-input. */
2074 if (c == EOF)
2075 return 0;
2076
2077 /* Return a single char, and update location. */
2078 if (c == '\n')
2079 @{
2080 ++yylloc.last_line;
2081 yylloc.last_column = 0;
2082 @}
2083 else
2084 ++yylloc.last_column;
2085 return c;
2086 @}
2087 @end example
2088
2089 Basically, the lexical analyzer performs the same processing as before:
2090 it skips blanks and tabs, and reads numbers or single-character tokens.
2091 In addition, it updates @code{yylloc}, the global variable (of type
2092 @code{YYLTYPE}) containing the token's location.
2093
2094 Now, each time this function returns a token, the parser has its number
2095 as well as its semantic value, and its location in the text. The last
2096 needed change is to initialize @code{yylloc}, for example in the
2097 controlling function:
2098
2099 @example
2100 @group
2101 int
2102 main (void)
2103 @{
2104 yylloc.first_line = yylloc.last_line = 1;
2105 yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column = 0;
2106 return yyparse ();
2107 @}
2108 @end group
2109 @end example
2110
2111 Remember that computing locations is not a matter of syntax. Every
2112 character must be associated to a location update, whether it is in
2113 valid input, in comments, in literal strings, and so on.
2114
2115 @node Multi-function Calc
2116 @section Multi-Function Calculator: @code{mfcalc}
2117 @cindex multi-function calculator
2118 @cindex @code{mfcalc}
2119 @cindex calculator, multi-function
2120
2121 Now that the basics of Bison have been discussed, it is time to move on to
2122 a more advanced problem. The above calculators provided only five
2123 functions, @samp{+}, @samp{-}, @samp{*}, @samp{/} and @samp{^}. It would
2124 be nice to have a calculator that provides other mathematical functions such
2125 as @code{sin}, @code{cos}, etc.
2126
2127 It is easy to add new operators to the infix calculator as long as they are
2128 only single-character literals. The lexical analyzer @code{yylex} passes
2129 back all nonnumber characters as tokens, so new grammar rules suffice for
2130 adding a new operator. But we want something more flexible: built-in
2131 functions whose syntax has this form:
2132
2133 @example
2134 @var{function_name} (@var{argument})
2135 @end example
2136
2137 @noindent
2138 At the same time, we will add memory to the calculator, by allowing you
2139 to create named variables, store values in them, and use them later.
2140 Here is a sample session with the multi-function calculator:
2141
2142 @example
2143 $ @kbd{mfcalc}
2144 @kbd{pi = 3.141592653589}
2145 3.1415926536
2146 @kbd{sin(pi)}
2147 0.0000000000
2148 @kbd{alpha = beta1 = 2.3}
2149 2.3000000000
2150 @kbd{alpha}
2151 2.3000000000
2152 @kbd{ln(alpha)}
2153 0.8329091229
2154 @kbd{exp(ln(beta1))}
2155 2.3000000000
2156 $
2157 @end example
2158
2159 Note that multiple assignment and nested function calls are permitted.
2160
2161 @menu
2162 * Decl: Mfcalc Decl. Bison declarations for multi-function calculator.
2163 * Rules: Mfcalc Rules. Grammar rules for the calculator.
2164 * Symtab: Mfcalc Symtab. Symbol table management subroutines.
2165 @end menu
2166
2167 @node Mfcalc Decl
2168 @subsection Declarations for @code{mfcalc}
2169
2170 Here are the C and Bison declarations for the multi-function calculator.
2171
2172 @smallexample
2173 @group
2174 %@{
2175 #include <math.h> /* For math functions, cos(), sin(), etc. */
2176 #include "calc.h" /* Contains definition of `symrec'. */
2177 int yylex (void);
2178 void yyerror (char const *);
2179 %@}
2180 @end group
2181 @group
2182 %union @{
2183 double val; /* For returning numbers. */
2184 symrec *tptr; /* For returning symbol-table pointers. */
2185 @}
2186 @end group
2187 %token <val> NUM /* Simple double precision number. */
2188 %token <tptr> VAR FNCT /* Variable and Function. */
2189 %type <val> exp
2190
2191 @group
2192 %right '='
2193 %left '-' '+'
2194 %left '*' '/'
2195 %left NEG /* negation--unary minus */
2196 %right '^' /* exponentiation */
2197 @end group
2198 %% /* The grammar follows. */
2199 @end smallexample
2200
2201 The above grammar introduces only two new features of the Bison language.
2202 These features allow semantic values to have various data types
2203 (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}).
2204
2205 The @code{%union} declaration specifies the entire list of possible types;
2206 this is instead of defining @code{YYSTYPE}. The allowable types are now
2207 double-floats (for @code{exp} and @code{NUM}) and pointers to entries in
2208 the symbol table. @xref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}.
2209
2210 Since values can now have various types, it is necessary to associate a
2211 type with each grammar symbol whose semantic value is used. These symbols
2212 are @code{NUM}, @code{VAR}, @code{FNCT}, and @code{exp}. Their
2213 declarations are augmented with information about their data type (placed
2214 between angle brackets).
2215
2216 The Bison construct @code{%type} is used for declaring nonterminal
2217 symbols, just as @code{%token} is used for declaring token types. We
2218 have not used @code{%type} before because nonterminal symbols are
2219 normally declared implicitly by the rules that define them. But
2220 @code{exp} must be declared explicitly so we can specify its value type.
2221 @xref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}.
2222
2223 @node Mfcalc Rules
2224 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{mfcalc}
2225
2226 Here are the grammar rules for the multi-function calculator.
2227 Most of them are copied directly from @code{calc}; three rules,
2228 those which mention @code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}, are new.
2229
2230 @smallexample
2231 @group
2232 input: /* empty */
2233 | input line
2234 ;
2235 @end group
2236
2237 @group
2238 line:
2239 '\n'
2240 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
2241 | error '\n' @{ yyerrok; @}
2242 ;
2243 @end group
2244
2245 @group
2246 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
2247 | VAR @{ $$ = $1->value.var; @}
2248 | VAR '=' exp @{ $$ = $3; $1->value.var = $3; @}
2249 | FNCT '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = (*($1->value.fnctptr))($3); @}
2250 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
2251 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
2252 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
2253 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
2254 | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
2255 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
2256 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
2257 ;
2258 @end group
2259 /* End of grammar. */
2260 %%
2261 @end smallexample
2262
2263 @node Mfcalc Symtab
2264 @subsection The @code{mfcalc} Symbol Table
2265 @cindex symbol table example
2266
2267 The multi-function calculator requires a symbol table to keep track of the
2268 names and meanings of variables and functions. This doesn't affect the
2269 grammar rules (except for the actions) or the Bison declarations, but it
2270 requires some additional C functions for support.
2271
2272 The symbol table itself consists of a linked list of records. Its
2273 definition, which is kept in the header @file{calc.h}, is as follows. It
2274 provides for either functions or variables to be placed in the table.
2275
2276 @smallexample
2277 @group
2278 /* Function type. */
2279 typedef double (*func_t) (double);
2280 @end group
2281
2282 @group
2283 /* Data type for links in the chain of symbols. */
2284 struct symrec
2285 @{
2286 char *name; /* name of symbol */
2287 int type; /* type of symbol: either VAR or FNCT */
2288 union
2289 @{
2290 double var; /* value of a VAR */
2291 func_t fnctptr; /* value of a FNCT */
2292 @} value;
2293 struct symrec *next; /* link field */
2294 @};
2295 @end group
2296
2297 @group
2298 typedef struct symrec symrec;
2299
2300 /* The symbol table: a chain of `struct symrec'. */
2301 extern symrec *sym_table;
2302
2303 symrec *putsym (char const *, int);
2304 symrec *getsym (char const *);
2305 @end group
2306 @end smallexample
2307
2308 The new version of @code{main} includes a call to @code{init_table}, a
2309 function that initializes the symbol table. Here it is, and
2310 @code{init_table} as well:
2311
2312 @smallexample
2313 #include <stdio.h>
2314
2315 @group
2316 /* Called by yyparse on error. */
2317 void
2318 yyerror (char const *s)
2319 @{
2320 printf ("%s\n", s);
2321 @}
2322 @end group
2323
2324 @group
2325 struct init
2326 @{
2327 char const *fname;
2328 double (*fnct) (double);
2329 @};
2330 @end group
2331
2332 @group
2333 struct init const arith_fncts[] =
2334 @{
2335 "sin", sin,
2336 "cos", cos,
2337 "atan", atan,
2338 "ln", log,
2339 "exp", exp,
2340 "sqrt", sqrt,
2341 0, 0
2342 @};
2343 @end group
2344
2345 @group
2346 /* The symbol table: a chain of `struct symrec'. */
2347 symrec *sym_table;
2348 @end group
2349
2350 @group
2351 /* Put arithmetic functions in table. */
2352 void
2353 init_table (void)
2354 @{
2355 int i;
2356 symrec *ptr;
2357 for (i = 0; arith_fncts[i].fname != 0; i++)
2358 @{
2359 ptr = putsym (arith_fncts[i].fname, FNCT);
2360 ptr->value.fnctptr = arith_fncts[i].fnct;
2361 @}
2362 @}
2363 @end group
2364
2365 @group
2366 int
2367 main (void)
2368 @{
2369 init_table ();
2370 return yyparse ();
2371 @}
2372 @end group
2373 @end smallexample
2374
2375 By simply editing the initialization list and adding the necessary include
2376 files, you can add additional functions to the calculator.
2377
2378 Two important functions allow look-up and installation of symbols in the
2379 symbol table. The function @code{putsym} is passed a name and the type
2380 (@code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}) of the object to be installed. The object is
2381 linked to the front of the list, and a pointer to the object is returned.
2382 The function @code{getsym} is passed the name of the symbol to look up. If
2383 found, a pointer to that symbol is returned; otherwise zero is returned.
2384
2385 @smallexample
2386 symrec *
2387 putsym (char const *sym_name, int sym_type)
2388 @{
2389 symrec *ptr;
2390 ptr = (symrec *) malloc (sizeof (symrec));
2391 ptr->name = (char *) malloc (strlen (sym_name) + 1);
2392 strcpy (ptr->name,sym_name);
2393 ptr->type = sym_type;
2394 ptr->value.var = 0; /* Set value to 0 even if fctn. */
2395 ptr->next = (struct symrec *)sym_table;
2396 sym_table = ptr;
2397 return ptr;
2398 @}
2399
2400 symrec *
2401 getsym (char const *sym_name)
2402 @{
2403 symrec *ptr;
2404 for (ptr = sym_table; ptr != (symrec *) 0;
2405 ptr = (symrec *)ptr->next)
2406 if (strcmp (ptr->name,sym_name) == 0)
2407 return ptr;
2408 return 0;
2409 @}
2410 @end smallexample
2411
2412 The function @code{yylex} must now recognize variables, numeric values, and
2413 the single-character arithmetic operators. Strings of alphanumeric
2414 characters with a leading non-digit are recognized as either variables or
2415 functions depending on what the symbol table says about them.
2416
2417 The string is passed to @code{getsym} for look up in the symbol table. If
2418 the name appears in the table, a pointer to its location and its type
2419 (@code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}) is returned to @code{yyparse}. If it is not
2420 already in the table, then it is installed as a @code{VAR} using
2421 @code{putsym}. Again, a pointer and its type (which must be @code{VAR}) is
2422 returned to @code{yyparse}.
2423
2424 No change is needed in the handling of numeric values and arithmetic
2425 operators in @code{yylex}.
2426
2427 @smallexample
2428 @group
2429 #include <ctype.h>
2430 @end group
2431
2432 @group
2433 int
2434 yylex (void)
2435 @{
2436 int c;
2437
2438 /* Ignore white space, get first nonwhite character. */
2439 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t');
2440
2441 if (c == EOF)
2442 return 0;
2443 @end group
2444
2445 @group
2446 /* Char starts a number => parse the number. */
2447 if (c == '.' || isdigit (c))
2448 @{
2449 ungetc (c, stdin);
2450 scanf ("%lf", &yylval.val);
2451 return NUM;
2452 @}
2453 @end group
2454
2455 @group
2456 /* Char starts an identifier => read the name. */
2457 if (isalpha (c))
2458 @{
2459 symrec *s;
2460 static char *symbuf = 0;
2461 static int length = 0;
2462 int i;
2463 @end group
2464
2465 @group
2466 /* Initially make the buffer long enough
2467 for a 40-character symbol name. */
2468 if (length == 0)
2469 length = 40, symbuf = (char *)malloc (length + 1);
2470
2471 i = 0;
2472 do
2473 @end group
2474 @group
2475 @{
2476 /* If buffer is full, make it bigger. */
2477 if (i == length)
2478 @{
2479 length *= 2;
2480 symbuf = (char *) realloc (symbuf, length + 1);
2481 @}
2482 /* Add this character to the buffer. */
2483 symbuf[i++] = c;
2484 /* Get another character. */
2485 c = getchar ();
2486 @}
2487 @end group
2488 @group
2489 while (isalnum (c));
2490
2491 ungetc (c, stdin);
2492 symbuf[i] = '\0';
2493 @end group
2494
2495 @group
2496 s = getsym (symbuf);
2497 if (s == 0)
2498 s = putsym (symbuf, VAR);
2499 yylval.tptr = s;
2500 return s->type;
2501 @}
2502
2503 /* Any other character is a token by itself. */
2504 return c;
2505 @}
2506 @end group
2507 @end smallexample
2508
2509 This program is both powerful and flexible. You may easily add new
2510 functions, and it is a simple job to modify this code to install
2511 predefined variables such as @code{pi} or @code{e} as well.
2512
2513 @node Exercises
2514 @section Exercises
2515 @cindex exercises
2516
2517 @enumerate
2518 @item
2519 Add some new functions from @file{math.h} to the initialization list.
2520
2521 @item
2522 Add another array that contains constants and their values. Then
2523 modify @code{init_table} to add these constants to the symbol table.
2524 It will be easiest to give the constants type @code{VAR}.
2525
2526 @item
2527 Make the program report an error if the user refers to an
2528 uninitialized variable in any way except to store a value in it.
2529 @end enumerate
2530
2531 @node Grammar File
2532 @chapter Bison Grammar Files
2533
2534 Bison takes as input a context-free grammar specification and produces a
2535 C-language function that recognizes correct instances of the grammar.
2536
2537 The Bison grammar input file conventionally has a name ending in @samp{.y}.
2538 @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
2539
2540 @menu
2541 * Grammar Outline:: Overall layout of the grammar file.
2542 * Symbols:: Terminal and nonterminal symbols.
2543 * Rules:: How to write grammar rules.
2544 * Recursion:: Writing recursive rules.
2545 * Semantics:: Semantic values and actions.
2546 * Locations:: Locations and actions.
2547 * Declarations:: All kinds of Bison declarations are described here.
2548 * Multiple Parsers:: Putting more than one Bison parser in one program.
2549 @end menu
2550
2551 @node Grammar Outline
2552 @section Outline of a Bison Grammar
2553
2554 A Bison grammar file has four main sections, shown here with the
2555 appropriate delimiters:
2556
2557 @example
2558 %@{
2559 @var{Prologue}
2560 %@}
2561
2562 @var{Bison declarations}
2563
2564 %%
2565 @var{Grammar rules}
2566 %%
2567
2568 @var{Epilogue}
2569 @end example
2570
2571 Comments enclosed in @samp{/* @dots{} */} may appear in any of the sections.
2572 As a @acronym{GNU} extension, @samp{//} introduces a comment that
2573 continues until end of line.
2574
2575 @menu
2576 * Prologue:: Syntax and usage of the prologue.
2577 * Bison Declarations:: Syntax and usage of the Bison declarations section.
2578 * Grammar Rules:: Syntax and usage of the grammar rules section.
2579 * Epilogue:: Syntax and usage of the epilogue.
2580 @end menu
2581
2582 @node Prologue
2583 @subsection The prologue
2584 @cindex declarations section
2585 @cindex Prologue
2586 @cindex declarations
2587
2588 The @var{Prologue} section contains macro definitions and
2589 declarations of functions and variables that are used in the actions in the
2590 grammar rules. These are copied to the beginning of the parser file so
2591 that they precede the definition of @code{yyparse}. You can use
2592 @samp{#include} to get the declarations from a header file. If you don't
2593 need any C declarations, you may omit the @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}}
2594 delimiters that bracket this section.
2595
2596 You may have more than one @var{Prologue} section, intermixed with the
2597 @var{Bison declarations}. This allows you to have C and Bison
2598 declarations that refer to each other. For example, the @code{%union}
2599 declaration may use types defined in a header file, and you may wish to
2600 prototype functions that take arguments of type @code{YYSTYPE}. This
2601 can be done with two @var{Prologue} blocks, one before and one after the
2602 @code{%union} declaration.
2603
2604 @smallexample
2605 %@{
2606 #include <stdio.h>
2607 #include "ptypes.h"
2608 %@}
2609
2610 %union @{
2611 long int n;
2612 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2613 @}
2614
2615 %@{
2616 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2617 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2618 %@}
2619
2620 @dots{}
2621 @end smallexample
2622
2623 @node Bison Declarations
2624 @subsection The Bison Declarations Section
2625 @cindex Bison declarations (introduction)
2626 @cindex declarations, Bison (introduction)
2627
2628 The @var{Bison declarations} section contains declarations that define
2629 terminal and nonterminal symbols, specify precedence, and so on.
2630 In some simple grammars you may not need any declarations.
2631 @xref{Declarations, ,Bison Declarations}.
2632
2633 @node Grammar Rules
2634 @subsection The Grammar Rules Section
2635 @cindex grammar rules section
2636 @cindex rules section for grammar
2637
2638 The @dfn{grammar rules} section contains one or more Bison grammar
2639 rules, and nothing else. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
2640
2641 There must always be at least one grammar rule, and the first
2642 @samp{%%} (which precedes the grammar rules) may never be omitted even
2643 if it is the first thing in the file.
2644
2645 @node Epilogue
2646 @subsection The epilogue
2647 @cindex additional C code section
2648 @cindex epilogue
2649 @cindex C code, section for additional
2650
2651 The @var{Epilogue} is copied verbatim to the end of the parser file, just as
2652 the @var{Prologue} is copied to the beginning. This is the most convenient
2653 place to put anything that you want to have in the parser file but which need
2654 not come before the definition of @code{yyparse}. For example, the
2655 definitions of @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} often go here. Because
2656 C requires functions to be declared before being used, you often need
2657 to declare functions like @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} in the Prologue,
2658 even if you define them in the Epilogue.
2659 @xref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}.
2660
2661 If the last section is empty, you may omit the @samp{%%} that separates it
2662 from the grammar rules.
2663
2664 The Bison parser itself contains many macros and identifiers whose
2665 names start with @samp{yy} or @samp{YY}, so it is a
2666 good idea to avoid using any such names (except those documented in this
2667 manual) in the epilogue of the grammar file.
2668
2669 @node Symbols
2670 @section Symbols, Terminal and Nonterminal
2671 @cindex nonterminal symbol
2672 @cindex terminal symbol
2673 @cindex token type
2674 @cindex symbol
2675
2676 @dfn{Symbols} in Bison grammars represent the grammatical classifications
2677 of the language.
2678
2679 A @dfn{terminal symbol} (also known as a @dfn{token type}) represents a
2680 class of syntactically equivalent tokens. You use the symbol in grammar
2681 rules to mean that a token in that class is allowed. The symbol is
2682 represented in the Bison parser by a numeric code, and the @code{yylex}
2683 function returns a token type code to indicate what kind of token has been
2684 read. You don't need to know what the code value is; you can use the
2685 symbol to stand for it.
2686
2687 A @dfn{nonterminal symbol} stands for a class of syntactically equivalent
2688 groupings. The symbol name is used in writing grammar rules. By convention,
2689 it should be all lower case.
2690
2691 Symbol names can contain letters, digits (not at the beginning),
2692 underscores and periods. Periods make sense only in nonterminals.
2693
2694 There are three ways of writing terminal symbols in the grammar:
2695
2696 @itemize @bullet
2697 @item
2698 A @dfn{named token type} is written with an identifier, like an
2699 identifier in C@. By convention, it should be all upper case. Each
2700 such name must be defined with a Bison declaration such as
2701 @code{%token}. @xref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}.
2702
2703 @item
2704 @cindex character token
2705 @cindex literal token
2706 @cindex single-character literal
2707 A @dfn{character token type} (or @dfn{literal character token}) is
2708 written in the grammar using the same syntax used in C for character
2709 constants; for example, @code{'+'} is a character token type. A
2710 character token type doesn't need to be declared unless you need to
2711 specify its semantic value data type (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of
2712 Semantic Values}), associativity, or precedence (@pxref{Precedence,
2713 ,Operator Precedence}).
2714
2715 By convention, a character token type is used only to represent a
2716 token that consists of that particular character. Thus, the token
2717 type @code{'+'} is used to represent the character @samp{+} as a
2718 token. Nothing enforces this convention, but if you depart from it,
2719 your program will confuse other readers.
2720
2721 All the usual escape sequences used in character literals in C can be
2722 used in Bison as well, but you must not use the null character as a
2723 character literal because its numeric code, zero, signifies
2724 end-of-input (@pxref{Calling Convention, ,Calling Convention
2725 for @code{yylex}}). Also, unlike standard C, trigraphs have no
2726 special meaning in Bison character literals, nor is backslash-newline
2727 allowed.
2728
2729 @item
2730 @cindex string token
2731 @cindex literal string token
2732 @cindex multicharacter literal
2733 A @dfn{literal string token} is written like a C string constant; for
2734 example, @code{"<="} is a literal string token. A literal string token
2735 doesn't need to be declared unless you need to specify its semantic
2736 value data type (@pxref{Value Type}), associativity, or precedence
2737 (@pxref{Precedence}).
2738
2739 You can associate the literal string token with a symbolic name as an
2740 alias, using the @code{%token} declaration (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token
2741 Declarations}). If you don't do that, the lexical analyzer has to
2742 retrieve the token number for the literal string token from the
2743 @code{yytname} table (@pxref{Calling Convention}).
2744
2745 @strong{Warning}: literal string tokens do not work in Yacc.
2746
2747 By convention, a literal string token is used only to represent a token
2748 that consists of that particular string. Thus, you should use the token
2749 type @code{"<="} to represent the string @samp{<=} as a token. Bison
2750 does not enforce this convention, but if you depart from it, people who
2751 read your program will be confused.
2752
2753 All the escape sequences used in string literals in C can be used in
2754 Bison as well, except that you must not use a null character within a
2755 string literal. Also, unlike Standard C, trigraphs have no special
2756 meaning in Bison string literals, nor is backslash-newline allowed. A
2757 literal string token must contain two or more characters; for a token
2758 containing just one character, use a character token (see above).
2759 @end itemize
2760
2761 How you choose to write a terminal symbol has no effect on its
2762 grammatical meaning. That depends only on where it appears in rules and
2763 on when the parser function returns that symbol.
2764
2765 The value returned by @code{yylex} is always one of the terminal
2766 symbols, except that a zero or negative value signifies end-of-input.
2767 Whichever way you write the token type in the grammar rules, you write
2768 it the same way in the definition of @code{yylex}. The numeric code
2769 for a character token type is simply the positive numeric code of the
2770 character, so @code{yylex} can use the identical value to generate the
2771 requisite code, though you may need to convert it to @code{unsigned
2772 char} to avoid sign-extension on hosts where @code{char} is signed.
2773 Each named token type becomes a C macro in
2774 the parser file, so @code{yylex} can use the name to stand for the code.
2775 (This is why periods don't make sense in terminal symbols.)
2776 @xref{Calling Convention, ,Calling Convention for @code{yylex}}.
2777
2778 If @code{yylex} is defined in a separate file, you need to arrange for the
2779 token-type macro definitions to be available there. Use the @samp{-d}
2780 option when you run Bison, so that it will write these macro definitions
2781 into a separate header file @file{@var{name}.tab.h} which you can include
2782 in the other source files that need it. @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
2783
2784 If you want to write a grammar that is portable to any Standard C
2785 host, you must use only non-null character tokens taken from the basic
2786 execution character set of Standard C@. This set consists of the ten
2787 digits, the 52 lower- and upper-case English letters, and the
2788 characters in the following C-language string:
2789
2790 @example
2791 "\a\b\t\n\v\f\r !\"#%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?[\\]^_@{|@}~"
2792 @end example
2793
2794 The @code{yylex} function and Bison must use a consistent character
2795 set and encoding for character tokens. For example, if you run Bison in an
2796 @acronym{ASCII} environment, but then compile and run the resulting program
2797 in an environment that uses an incompatible character set like
2798 @acronym{EBCDIC}, the resulting program may not work because the
2799 tables generated by Bison will assume @acronym{ASCII} numeric values for
2800 character tokens. It is standard
2801 practice for software distributions to contain C source files that
2802 were generated by Bison in an @acronym{ASCII} environment, so installers on
2803 platforms that are incompatible with @acronym{ASCII} must rebuild those
2804 files before compiling them.
2805
2806 The symbol @code{error} is a terminal symbol reserved for error recovery
2807 (@pxref{Error Recovery}); you shouldn't use it for any other purpose.
2808 In particular, @code{yylex} should never return this value. The default
2809 value of the error token is 256, unless you explicitly assigned 256 to
2810 one of your tokens with a @code{%token} declaration.
2811
2812 @node Rules
2813 @section Syntax of Grammar Rules
2814 @cindex rule syntax
2815 @cindex grammar rule syntax
2816 @cindex syntax of grammar rules
2817
2818 A Bison grammar rule has the following general form:
2819
2820 @example
2821 @group
2822 @var{result}: @var{components}@dots{}
2823 ;
2824 @end group
2825 @end example
2826
2827 @noindent
2828 where @var{result} is the nonterminal symbol that this rule describes,
2829 and @var{components} are various terminal and nonterminal symbols that
2830 are put together by this rule (@pxref{Symbols}).
2831
2832 For example,
2833
2834 @example
2835 @group
2836 exp: exp '+' exp
2837 ;
2838 @end group
2839 @end example
2840
2841 @noindent
2842 says that two groupings of type @code{exp}, with a @samp{+} token in between,
2843 can be combined into a larger grouping of type @code{exp}.
2844
2845 White space in rules is significant only to separate symbols. You can add
2846 extra white space as you wish.
2847
2848 Scattered among the components can be @var{actions} that determine
2849 the semantics of the rule. An action looks like this:
2850
2851 @example
2852 @{@var{C statements}@}
2853 @end example
2854
2855 @noindent
2856 Usually there is only one action and it follows the components.
2857 @xref{Actions}.
2858
2859 @findex |
2860 Multiple rules for the same @var{result} can be written separately or can
2861 be joined with the vertical-bar character @samp{|} as follows:
2862
2863 @ifinfo
2864 @example
2865 @var{result}: @var{rule1-components}@dots{}
2866 | @var{rule2-components}@dots{}
2867 @dots{}
2868 ;
2869 @end example
2870 @end ifinfo
2871 @iftex
2872 @example
2873 @group
2874 @var{result}: @var{rule1-components}@dots{}
2875 | @var{rule2-components}@dots{}
2876 @dots{}
2877 ;
2878 @end group
2879 @end example
2880 @end iftex
2881
2882 @noindent
2883 They are still considered distinct rules even when joined in this way.
2884
2885 If @var{components} in a rule is empty, it means that @var{result} can
2886 match the empty string. For example, here is how to define a
2887 comma-separated sequence of zero or more @code{exp} groupings:
2888
2889 @example
2890 @group
2891 expseq: /* empty */
2892 | expseq1
2893 ;
2894 @end group
2895
2896 @group
2897 expseq1: exp
2898 | expseq1 ',' exp
2899 ;
2900 @end group
2901 @end example
2902
2903 @noindent
2904 It is customary to write a comment @samp{/* empty */} in each rule
2905 with no components.
2906
2907 @node Recursion
2908 @section Recursive Rules
2909 @cindex recursive rule
2910
2911 A rule is called @dfn{recursive} when its @var{result} nonterminal appears
2912 also on its right hand side. Nearly all Bison grammars need to use
2913 recursion, because that is the only way to define a sequence of any number
2914 of a particular thing. Consider this recursive definition of a
2915 comma-separated sequence of one or more expressions:
2916
2917 @example
2918 @group
2919 expseq1: exp
2920 | expseq1 ',' exp
2921 ;
2922 @end group
2923 @end example
2924
2925 @cindex left recursion
2926 @cindex right recursion
2927 @noindent
2928 Since the recursive use of @code{expseq1} is the leftmost symbol in the
2929 right hand side, we call this @dfn{left recursion}. By contrast, here
2930 the same construct is defined using @dfn{right recursion}:
2931
2932 @example
2933 @group
2934 expseq1: exp
2935 | exp ',' expseq1
2936 ;
2937 @end group
2938 @end example
2939
2940 @noindent
2941 Any kind of sequence can be defined using either left recursion or right
2942 recursion, but you should always use left recursion, because it can
2943 parse a sequence of any number of elements with bounded stack space.
2944 Right recursion uses up space on the Bison stack in proportion to the
2945 number of elements in the sequence, because all the elements must be
2946 shifted onto the stack before the rule can be applied even once.
2947 @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}, for further explanation
2948 of this.
2949
2950 @cindex mutual recursion
2951 @dfn{Indirect} or @dfn{mutual} recursion occurs when the result of the
2952 rule does not appear directly on its right hand side, but does appear
2953 in rules for other nonterminals which do appear on its right hand
2954 side.
2955
2956 For example:
2957
2958 @example
2959 @group
2960 expr: primary
2961 | primary '+' primary
2962 ;
2963 @end group
2964
2965 @group
2966 primary: constant
2967 | '(' expr ')'
2968 ;
2969 @end group
2970 @end example
2971
2972 @noindent
2973 defines two mutually-recursive nonterminals, since each refers to the
2974 other.
2975
2976 @node Semantics
2977 @section Defining Language Semantics
2978 @cindex defining language semantics
2979 @cindex language semantics, defining
2980
2981 The grammar rules for a language determine only the syntax. The semantics
2982 are determined by the semantic values associated with various tokens and
2983 groupings, and by the actions taken when various groupings are recognized.
2984
2985 For example, the calculator calculates properly because the value
2986 associated with each expression is the proper number; it adds properly
2987 because the action for the grouping @w{@samp{@var{x} + @var{y}}} is to add
2988 the numbers associated with @var{x} and @var{y}.
2989
2990 @menu
2991 * Value Type:: Specifying one data type for all semantic values.
2992 * Multiple Types:: Specifying several alternative data types.
2993 * Actions:: An action is the semantic definition of a grammar rule.
2994 * Action Types:: Specifying data types for actions to operate on.
2995 * Mid-Rule Actions:: Most actions go at the end of a rule.
2996 This says when, why and how to use the exceptional
2997 action in the middle of a rule.
2998 @end menu
2999
3000 @node Value Type
3001 @subsection Data Types of Semantic Values
3002 @cindex semantic value type
3003 @cindex value type, semantic
3004 @cindex data types of semantic values
3005 @cindex default data type
3006
3007 In a simple program it may be sufficient to use the same data type for
3008 the semantic values of all language constructs. This was true in the
3009 @acronym{RPN} and infix calculator examples (@pxref{RPN Calc, ,Reverse Polish
3010 Notation Calculator}).
3011
3012 Bison's default is to use type @code{int} for all semantic values. To
3013 specify some other type, define @code{YYSTYPE} as a macro, like this:
3014
3015 @example
3016 #define YYSTYPE double
3017 @end example
3018
3019 @noindent
3020 This macro definition must go in the prologue of the grammar file
3021 (@pxref{Grammar Outline, ,Outline of a Bison Grammar}).
3022
3023 @node Multiple Types
3024 @subsection More Than One Value Type
3025
3026 In most programs, you will need different data types for different kinds
3027 of tokens and groupings. For example, a numeric constant may need type
3028 @code{int} or @code{long int}, while a string constant needs type @code{char *},
3029 and an identifier might need a pointer to an entry in the symbol table.
3030
3031 To use more than one data type for semantic values in one parser, Bison
3032 requires you to do two things:
3033
3034 @itemize @bullet
3035 @item
3036 Specify the entire collection of possible data types, with the
3037 @code{%union} Bison declaration (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of
3038 Value Types}).
3039
3040 @item
3041 Choose one of those types for each symbol (terminal or nonterminal) for
3042 which semantic values are used. This is done for tokens with the
3043 @code{%token} Bison declaration (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names})
3044 and for groupings with the @code{%type} Bison declaration (@pxref{Type
3045 Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
3046 @end itemize
3047
3048 @node Actions
3049 @subsection Actions
3050 @cindex action
3051 @vindex $$
3052 @vindex $@var{n}
3053
3054 An action accompanies a syntactic rule and contains C code to be executed
3055 each time an instance of that rule is recognized. The task of most actions
3056 is to compute a semantic value for the grouping built by the rule from the
3057 semantic values associated with tokens or smaller groupings.
3058
3059 An action consists of C statements surrounded by braces, much like a
3060 compound statement in C@. An action can contain any sequence of C
3061 statements. Bison does not look for trigraphs, though, so if your C
3062 code uses trigraphs you should ensure that they do not affect the
3063 nesting of braces or the boundaries of comments, strings, or character
3064 literals.
3065
3066 An action can be placed at any position in the rule;
3067 it is executed at that position. Most rules have just one action at the
3068 end of the rule, following all the components. Actions in the middle of
3069 a rule are tricky and used only for special purposes (@pxref{Mid-Rule
3070 Actions, ,Actions in Mid-Rule}).
3071
3072 The C code in an action can refer to the semantic values of the components
3073 matched by the rule with the construct @code{$@var{n}}, which stands for
3074 the value of the @var{n}th component. The semantic value for the grouping
3075 being constructed is @code{$$}. Bison translates both of these
3076 constructs into expressions of the appropriate type when it copies the
3077 actions into the parser file. @code{$$} is translated to a modifiable
3078 lvalue, so it can be assigned to.
3079
3080 Here is a typical example:
3081
3082 @example
3083 @group
3084 exp: @dots{}
3085 | exp '+' exp
3086 @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
3087 @end group
3088 @end example
3089
3090 @noindent
3091 This rule constructs an @code{exp} from two smaller @code{exp} groupings
3092 connected by a plus-sign token. In the action, @code{$1} and @code{$3}
3093 refer to the semantic values of the two component @code{exp} groupings,
3094 which are the first and third symbols on the right hand side of the rule.
3095 The sum is stored into @code{$$} so that it becomes the semantic value of
3096 the addition-expression just recognized by the rule. If there were a
3097 useful semantic value associated with the @samp{+} token, it could be
3098 referred to as @code{$2}.
3099
3100 Note that the vertical-bar character @samp{|} is really a rule
3101 separator, and actions are attached to a single rule. This is a
3102 difference with tools like Flex, for which @samp{|} stands for either
3103 ``or'', or ``the same action as that of the next rule''. In the
3104 following example, the action is triggered only when @samp{b} is found:
3105
3106 @example
3107 @group
3108 a-or-b: 'a'|'b' @{ a_or_b_found = 1; @};
3109 @end group
3110 @end example
3111
3112 @cindex default action
3113 If you don't specify an action for a rule, Bison supplies a default:
3114 @w{@code{$$ = $1}.} Thus, the value of the first symbol in the rule
3115 becomes the value of the whole rule. Of course, the default action is
3116 valid only if the two data types match. There is no meaningful default
3117 action for an empty rule; every empty rule must have an explicit action
3118 unless the rule's value does not matter.
3119
3120 @code{$@var{n}} with @var{n} zero or negative is allowed for reference
3121 to tokens and groupings on the stack @emph{before} those that match the
3122 current rule. This is a very risky practice, and to use it reliably
3123 you must be certain of the context in which the rule is applied. Here
3124 is a case in which you can use this reliably:
3125
3126 @example
3127 @group
3128 foo: expr bar '+' expr @{ @dots{} @}
3129 | expr bar '-' expr @{ @dots{} @}
3130 ;
3131 @end group
3132
3133 @group
3134 bar: /* empty */
3135 @{ previous_expr = $0; @}
3136 ;
3137 @end group
3138 @end example
3139
3140 As long as @code{bar} is used only in the fashion shown here, @code{$0}
3141 always refers to the @code{expr} which precedes @code{bar} in the
3142 definition of @code{foo}.
3143
3144 @node Action Types
3145 @subsection Data Types of Values in Actions
3146 @cindex action data types
3147 @cindex data types in actions
3148
3149 If you have chosen a single data type for semantic values, the @code{$$}
3150 and @code{$@var{n}} constructs always have that data type.
3151
3152 If you have used @code{%union} to specify a variety of data types, then you
3153 must declare a choice among these types for each terminal or nonterminal
3154 symbol that can have a semantic value. Then each time you use @code{$$} or
3155 @code{$@var{n}}, its data type is determined by which symbol it refers to
3156 in the rule. In this example,
3157
3158 @example
3159 @group
3160 exp: @dots{}
3161 | exp '+' exp
3162 @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
3163 @end group
3164 @end example
3165
3166 @noindent
3167 @code{$1} and @code{$3} refer to instances of @code{exp}, so they all
3168 have the data type declared for the nonterminal symbol @code{exp}. If
3169 @code{$2} were used, it would have the data type declared for the
3170 terminal symbol @code{'+'}, whatever that might be.
3171
3172 Alternatively, you can specify the data type when you refer to the value,
3173 by inserting @samp{<@var{type}>} after the @samp{$} at the beginning of the
3174 reference. For example, if you have defined types as shown here:
3175
3176 @example
3177 @group
3178 %union @{
3179 int itype;
3180 double dtype;
3181 @}
3182 @end group
3183 @end example
3184
3185 @noindent
3186 then you can write @code{$<itype>1} to refer to the first subunit of the
3187 rule as an integer, or @code{$<dtype>1} to refer to it as a double.
3188
3189 @node Mid-Rule Actions
3190 @subsection Actions in Mid-Rule
3191 @cindex actions in mid-rule
3192 @cindex mid-rule actions
3193
3194 Occasionally it is useful to put an action in the middle of a rule.
3195 These actions are written just like usual end-of-rule actions, but they
3196 are executed before the parser even recognizes the following components.
3197
3198 A mid-rule action may refer to the components preceding it using
3199 @code{$@var{n}}, but it may not refer to subsequent components because
3200 it is run before they are parsed.
3201
3202 The mid-rule action itself counts as one of the components of the rule.
3203 This makes a difference when there is another action later in the same rule
3204 (and usually there is another at the end): you have to count the actions
3205 along with the symbols when working out which number @var{n} to use in
3206 @code{$@var{n}}.
3207
3208 The mid-rule action can also have a semantic value. The action can set
3209 its value with an assignment to @code{$$}, and actions later in the rule
3210 can refer to the value using @code{$@var{n}}. Since there is no symbol
3211 to name the action, there is no way to declare a data type for the value
3212 in advance, so you must use the @samp{$<@dots{}>@var{n}} construct to
3213 specify a data type each time you refer to this value.
3214
3215 There is no way to set the value of the entire rule with a mid-rule
3216 action, because assignments to @code{$$} do not have that effect. The
3217 only way to set the value for the entire rule is with an ordinary action
3218 at the end of the rule.
3219
3220 Here is an example from a hypothetical compiler, handling a @code{let}
3221 statement that looks like @samp{let (@var{variable}) @var{statement}} and
3222 serves to create a variable named @var{variable} temporarily for the
3223 duration of @var{statement}. To parse this construct, we must put
3224 @var{variable} into the symbol table while @var{statement} is parsed, then
3225 remove it afterward. Here is how it is done:
3226
3227 @example
3228 @group
3229 stmt: LET '(' var ')'
3230 @{ $<context>$ = push_context ();
3231 declare_variable ($3); @}
3232 stmt @{ $$ = $6;
3233 pop_context ($<context>5); @}
3234 @end group
3235 @end example
3236
3237 @noindent
3238 As soon as @samp{let (@var{variable})} has been recognized, the first
3239 action is run. It saves a copy of the current semantic context (the
3240 list of accessible variables) as its semantic value, using alternative
3241 @code{context} in the data-type union. Then it calls
3242 @code{declare_variable} to add the new variable to that list. Once the
3243 first action is finished, the embedded statement @code{stmt} can be
3244 parsed. Note that the mid-rule action is component number 5, so the
3245 @samp{stmt} is component number 6.
3246
3247 After the embedded statement is parsed, its semantic value becomes the
3248 value of the entire @code{let}-statement. Then the semantic value from the
3249 earlier action is used to restore the prior list of variables. This
3250 removes the temporary @code{let}-variable from the list so that it won't
3251 appear to exist while the rest of the program is parsed.
3252
3253 Taking action before a rule is completely recognized often leads to
3254 conflicts since the parser must commit to a parse in order to execute the
3255 action. For example, the following two rules, without mid-rule actions,
3256 can coexist in a working parser because the parser can shift the open-brace
3257 token and look at what follows before deciding whether there is a
3258 declaration or not:
3259
3260 @example
3261 @group
3262 compound: '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3263 | '@{' statements '@}'
3264 ;
3265 @end group
3266 @end example
3267
3268 @noindent
3269 But when we add a mid-rule action as follows, the rules become nonfunctional:
3270
3271 @example
3272 @group
3273 compound: @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3274 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3275 @end group
3276 @group
3277 | '@{' statements '@}'
3278 ;
3279 @end group
3280 @end example
3281
3282 @noindent
3283 Now the parser is forced to decide whether to run the mid-rule action
3284 when it has read no farther than the open-brace. In other words, it
3285 must commit to using one rule or the other, without sufficient
3286 information to do it correctly. (The open-brace token is what is called
3287 the @dfn{look-ahead} token at this time, since the parser is still
3288 deciding what to do about it. @xref{Look-Ahead, ,Look-Ahead Tokens}.)
3289
3290 You might think that you could correct the problem by putting identical
3291 actions into the two rules, like this:
3292
3293 @example
3294 @group
3295 compound: @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3296 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3297 | @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3298 '@{' statements '@}'
3299 ;
3300 @end group
3301 @end example
3302
3303 @noindent
3304 But this does not help, because Bison does not realize that the two actions
3305 are identical. (Bison never tries to understand the C code in an action.)
3306
3307 If the grammar is such that a declaration can be distinguished from a
3308 statement by the first token (which is true in C), then one solution which
3309 does work is to put the action after the open-brace, like this:
3310
3311 @example
3312 @group
3313 compound: '@{' @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3314 declarations statements '@}'
3315 | '@{' statements '@}'
3316 ;
3317 @end group
3318 @end example
3319
3320 @noindent
3321 Now the first token of the following declaration or statement,
3322 which would in any case tell Bison which rule to use, can still do so.
3323
3324 Another solution is to bury the action inside a nonterminal symbol which
3325 serves as a subroutine:
3326
3327 @example
3328 @group
3329 subroutine: /* empty */
3330 @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3331 ;
3332
3333 @end group
3334
3335 @group
3336 compound: subroutine
3337 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3338 | subroutine
3339 '@{' statements '@}'
3340 ;
3341 @end group
3342 @end example
3343
3344 @noindent
3345 Now Bison can execute the action in the rule for @code{subroutine} without
3346 deciding which rule for @code{compound} it will eventually use. Note that
3347 the action is now at the end of its rule. Any mid-rule action can be
3348 converted to an end-of-rule action in this way, and this is what Bison
3349 actually does to implement mid-rule actions.
3350
3351 @node Locations
3352 @section Tracking Locations
3353 @cindex location
3354 @cindex textual location
3355 @cindex location, textual
3356
3357 Though grammar rules and semantic actions are enough to write a fully
3358 functional parser, it can be useful to process some additional information,
3359 especially symbol locations.
3360
3361 The way locations are handled is defined by providing a data type, and
3362 actions to take when rules are matched.
3363
3364 @menu
3365 * Location Type:: Specifying a data type for locations.
3366 * Actions and Locations:: Using locations in actions.
3367 * Location Default Action:: Defining a general way to compute locations.
3368 @end menu
3369
3370 @node Location Type
3371 @subsection Data Type of Locations
3372 @cindex data type of locations
3373 @cindex default location type
3374
3375 Defining a data type for locations is much simpler than for semantic values,
3376 since all tokens and groupings always use the same type.
3377
3378 The type of locations is specified by defining a macro called @code{YYLTYPE}.
3379 When @code{YYLTYPE} is not defined, Bison uses a default structure type with
3380 four members:
3381
3382 @example
3383 typedef struct YYLTYPE
3384 @{
3385 int first_line;
3386 int first_column;
3387 int last_line;
3388 int last_column;
3389 @} YYLTYPE;
3390 @end example
3391
3392 @node Actions and Locations
3393 @subsection Actions and Locations
3394 @cindex location actions
3395 @cindex actions, location
3396 @vindex @@$
3397 @vindex @@@var{n}
3398
3399 Actions are not only useful for defining language semantics, but also for
3400 describing the behavior of the output parser with locations.
3401
3402 The most obvious way for building locations of syntactic groupings is very
3403 similar to the way semantic values are computed. In a given rule, several
3404 constructs can be used to access the locations of the elements being matched.
3405 The location of the @var{n}th component of the right hand side is
3406 @code{@@@var{n}}, while the location of the left hand side grouping is
3407 @code{@@$}.
3408
3409 Here is a basic example using the default data type for locations:
3410
3411 @example
3412 @group
3413 exp: @dots{}
3414 | exp '/' exp
3415 @{
3416 @@$.first_column = @@1.first_column;
3417 @@$.first_line = @@1.first_line;
3418 @@$.last_column = @@3.last_column;
3419 @@$.last_line = @@3.last_line;
3420 if ($3)
3421 $$ = $1 / $3;
3422 else
3423 @{
3424 $$ = 1;
3425 fprintf (stderr,
3426 "Division by zero, l%d,c%d-l%d,c%d",
3427 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
3428 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
3429 @}
3430 @}
3431 @end group
3432 @end example
3433
3434 As for semantic values, there is a default action for locations that is
3435 run each time a rule is matched. It sets the beginning of @code{@@$} to the
3436 beginning of the first symbol, and the end of @code{@@$} to the end of the
3437 last symbol.
3438
3439 With this default action, the location tracking can be fully automatic. The
3440 example above simply rewrites this way:
3441
3442 @example
3443 @group
3444 exp: @dots{}
3445 | exp '/' exp
3446 @{
3447 if ($3)
3448 $$ = $1 / $3;
3449 else
3450 @{
3451 $$ = 1;
3452 fprintf (stderr,
3453 "Division by zero, l%d,c%d-l%d,c%d",
3454 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
3455 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
3456 @}
3457 @}
3458 @end group
3459 @end example
3460
3461 @node Location Default Action
3462 @subsection Default Action for Locations
3463 @vindex YYLLOC_DEFAULT
3464
3465 Actually, actions are not the best place to compute locations. Since
3466 locations are much more general than semantic values, there is room in
3467 the output parser to redefine the default action to take for each
3468 rule. The @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} macro is invoked each time a rule is
3469 matched, before the associated action is run. It is also invoked
3470 while processing a syntax error, to compute the error's location.
3471
3472 Most of the time, this macro is general enough to suppress location
3473 dedicated code from semantic actions.
3474
3475 The @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} macro takes three parameters. The first one is
3476 the location of the grouping (the result of the computation). When a
3477 rule is matched, the second parameter identifies locations of
3478 all right hand side elements of the rule being matched, and the third
3479 parameter is the size of the rule's right hand side. When processing
3480 a syntax error, the second parameter identifies locations of
3481 the symbols that were discarded during error processing, and the third
3482 parameter is the number of discarded symbols.
3483
3484 By default, @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} is defined this way:
3485
3486 @smallexample
3487 @group
3488 # define YYLLOC_DEFAULT(Current, Rhs, N) \
3489 do \
3490 if (N) \
3491 @{ \
3492 (Current).first_line = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 1).first_line; \
3493 (Current).first_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 1).first_column; \
3494 (Current).last_line = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, N).last_line; \
3495 (Current).last_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, N).last_column; \
3496 @} \
3497 else \
3498 @{ \
3499 (Current).first_line = (Current).last_line = \
3500 YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 0).last_line; \
3501 (Current).first_column = (Current).last_column = \
3502 YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 0).last_column; \
3503 @} \
3504 while (0)
3505 @end group
3506 @end smallexample
3507
3508 where @code{YYRHSLOC (rhs, k)} is the location of the @var{k}th symbol
3509 in @var{rhs} when @var{k} is positive, and the location of the symbol
3510 just before the reduction when @var{k} and @var{n} are both zero.
3511
3512 When defining @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}, you should consider that:
3513
3514 @itemize @bullet
3515 @item
3516 All arguments are free of side-effects. However, only the first one (the
3517 result) should be modified by @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}.
3518
3519 @item
3520 For consistency with semantic actions, valid indexes within the
3521 right hand side range from 1 to @var{n}. When @var{n} is zero, only 0 is a
3522 valid index, and it refers to the symbol just before the reduction.
3523 During error processing @var{n} is always positive.
3524
3525 @item
3526 Your macro should parenthesize its arguments, if need be, since the
3527 actual arguments may not be surrounded by parentheses. Also, your
3528 macro should expand to something that can be used as a single
3529 statement when it is followed by a semicolon.
3530 @end itemize
3531
3532 @node Declarations
3533 @section Bison Declarations
3534 @cindex declarations, Bison
3535 @cindex Bison declarations
3536
3537 The @dfn{Bison declarations} section of a Bison grammar defines the symbols
3538 used in formulating the grammar and the data types of semantic values.
3539 @xref{Symbols}.
3540
3541 All token type names (but not single-character literal tokens such as
3542 @code{'+'} and @code{'*'}) must be declared. Nonterminal symbols must be
3543 declared if you need to specify which data type to use for the semantic
3544 value (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}).
3545
3546 The first rule in the file also specifies the start symbol, by default.
3547 If you want some other symbol to be the start symbol, you must declare
3548 it explicitly (@pxref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free
3549 Grammars}).
3550
3551 @menu
3552 * Require Decl:: Requiring a Bison version.
3553 * Token Decl:: Declaring terminal symbols.
3554 * Precedence Decl:: Declaring terminals with precedence and associativity.
3555 * Union Decl:: Declaring the set of all semantic value types.
3556 * Type Decl:: Declaring the choice of type for a nonterminal symbol.
3557 * Initial Action Decl:: Code run before parsing starts.
3558 * Destructor Decl:: Declaring how symbols are freed.
3559 * Expect Decl:: Suppressing warnings about parsing conflicts.
3560 * Start Decl:: Specifying the start symbol.
3561 * Pure Decl:: Requesting a reentrant parser.
3562 * Decl Summary:: Table of all Bison declarations.
3563 @end menu
3564
3565 @node Require Decl
3566 @subsection Require a Version of Bison
3567 @cindex version requirement
3568 @cindex requiring a version of Bison
3569 @findex %require
3570
3571 You may require the minimum version of Bison to process the grammar. If
3572 the requirement is not met, @command{bison} exits with an error (exit
3573 status 63).
3574
3575 @example
3576 %require "@var{version}"
3577 @end example
3578
3579 @node Token Decl
3580 @subsection Token Type Names
3581 @cindex declaring token type names
3582 @cindex token type names, declaring
3583 @cindex declaring literal string tokens
3584 @findex %token
3585
3586 The basic way to declare a token type name (terminal symbol) is as follows:
3587
3588 @example
3589 %token @var{name}
3590 @end example
3591
3592 Bison will convert this into a @code{#define} directive in
3593 the parser, so that the function @code{yylex} (if it is in this file)
3594 can use the name @var{name} to stand for this token type's code.
3595
3596 Alternatively, you can use @code{%left}, @code{%right}, or
3597 @code{%nonassoc} instead of @code{%token}, if you wish to specify
3598 associativity and precedence. @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator
3599 Precedence}.
3600
3601 You can explicitly specify the numeric code for a token type by appending
3602 a decimal or hexadecimal integer value in the field immediately
3603 following the token name:
3604
3605 @example
3606 %token NUM 300
3607 %token XNUM 0x12d // a GNU extension
3608 @end example
3609
3610 @noindent
3611 It is generally best, however, to let Bison choose the numeric codes for
3612 all token types. Bison will automatically select codes that don't conflict
3613 with each other or with normal characters.
3614
3615 In the event that the stack type is a union, you must augment the
3616 @code{%token} or other token declaration to include the data type
3617 alternative delimited by angle-brackets (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More
3618 Than One Value Type}).
3619
3620 For example:
3621
3622 @example
3623 @group
3624 %union @{ /* define stack type */
3625 double val;
3626 symrec *tptr;
3627 @}
3628 %token <val> NUM /* define token NUM and its type */
3629 @end group
3630 @end example
3631
3632 You can associate a literal string token with a token type name by
3633 writing the literal string at the end of a @code{%token}
3634 declaration which declares the name. For example:
3635
3636 @example
3637 %token arrow "=>"
3638 @end example
3639
3640 @noindent
3641 For example, a grammar for the C language might specify these names with
3642 equivalent literal string tokens:
3643
3644 @example
3645 %token <operator> OR "||"
3646 %token <operator> LE 134 "<="
3647 %left OR "<="
3648 @end example
3649
3650 @noindent
3651 Once you equate the literal string and the token name, you can use them
3652 interchangeably in further declarations or the grammar rules. The
3653 @code{yylex} function can use the token name or the literal string to
3654 obtain the token type code number (@pxref{Calling Convention}).
3655
3656 @node Precedence Decl
3657 @subsection Operator Precedence
3658 @cindex precedence declarations
3659 @cindex declaring operator precedence
3660 @cindex operator precedence, declaring
3661
3662 Use the @code{%left}, @code{%right} or @code{%nonassoc} declaration to
3663 declare a token and specify its precedence and associativity, all at
3664 once. These are called @dfn{precedence declarations}.
3665 @xref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}, for general information on
3666 operator precedence.
3667
3668 The syntax of a precedence declaration is the same as that of
3669 @code{%token}: either
3670
3671 @example
3672 %left @var{symbols}@dots{}
3673 @end example
3674
3675 @noindent
3676 or
3677
3678 @example
3679 %left <@var{type}> @var{symbols}@dots{}
3680 @end example
3681
3682 And indeed any of these declarations serves the purposes of @code{%token}.
3683 But in addition, they specify the associativity and relative precedence for
3684 all the @var{symbols}:
3685
3686 @itemize @bullet
3687 @item
3688 The associativity of an operator @var{op} determines how repeated uses
3689 of the operator nest: whether @samp{@var{x} @var{op} @var{y} @var{op}
3690 @var{z}} is parsed by grouping @var{x} with @var{y} first or by
3691 grouping @var{y} with @var{z} first. @code{%left} specifies
3692 left-associativity (grouping @var{x} with @var{y} first) and
3693 @code{%right} specifies right-associativity (grouping @var{y} with
3694 @var{z} first). @code{%nonassoc} specifies no associativity, which
3695 means that @samp{@var{x} @var{op} @var{y} @var{op} @var{z}} is
3696 considered a syntax error.
3697
3698 @item
3699 The precedence of an operator determines how it nests with other operators.
3700 All the tokens declared in a single precedence declaration have equal
3701 precedence and nest together according to their associativity.
3702 When two tokens declared in different precedence declarations associate,
3703 the one declared later has the higher precedence and is grouped first.
3704 @end itemize
3705
3706 @node Union Decl
3707 @subsection The Collection of Value Types
3708 @cindex declaring value types
3709 @cindex value types, declaring
3710 @findex %union
3711
3712 The @code{%union} declaration specifies the entire collection of possible
3713 data types for semantic values. The keyword @code{%union} is followed by a
3714 pair of braces containing the same thing that goes inside a @code{union} in
3715 C.
3716
3717 For example:
3718
3719 @example
3720 @group
3721 %union @{
3722 double val;
3723 symrec *tptr;
3724 @}
3725 @end group
3726 @end example
3727
3728 @noindent
3729 This says that the two alternative types are @code{double} and @code{symrec
3730 *}. They are given names @code{val} and @code{tptr}; these names are used
3731 in the @code{%token} and @code{%type} declarations to pick one of the types
3732 for a terminal or nonterminal symbol (@pxref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
3733
3734 As an extension to @acronym{POSIX}, a tag is allowed after the
3735 @code{union}. For example:
3736
3737 @example
3738 @group
3739 %union value @{
3740 double val;
3741 symrec *tptr;
3742 @}
3743 @end group
3744 @end example
3745
3746 specifies the union tag @code{value}, so the corresponding C type is
3747 @code{union value}. If you do not specify a tag, it defaults to
3748 @code{YYSTYPE}.
3749
3750 Note that, unlike making a @code{union} declaration in C, you need not write
3751 a semicolon after the closing brace.
3752
3753 @node Type Decl
3754 @subsection Nonterminal Symbols
3755 @cindex declaring value types, nonterminals
3756 @cindex value types, nonterminals, declaring
3757 @findex %type
3758
3759 @noindent
3760 When you use @code{%union} to specify multiple value types, you must
3761 declare the value type of each nonterminal symbol for which values are
3762 used. This is done with a @code{%type} declaration, like this:
3763
3764 @example
3765 %type <@var{type}> @var{nonterminal}@dots{}
3766 @end example
3767
3768 @noindent
3769 Here @var{nonterminal} is the name of a nonterminal symbol, and
3770 @var{type} is the name given in the @code{%union} to the alternative
3771 that you want (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}). You
3772 can give any number of nonterminal symbols in the same @code{%type}
3773 declaration, if they have the same value type. Use spaces to separate
3774 the symbol names.
3775
3776 You can also declare the value type of a terminal symbol. To do this,
3777 use the same @code{<@var{type}>} construction in a declaration for the
3778 terminal symbol. All kinds of token declarations allow
3779 @code{<@var{type}>}.
3780
3781 @node Initial Action Decl
3782 @subsection Performing Actions before Parsing
3783 @findex %initial-action
3784
3785 Sometimes your parser needs to perform some initializations before
3786 parsing. The @code{%initial-action} directive allows for such arbitrary
3787 code.
3788
3789 @deffn {Directive} %initial-action @{ @var{code} @}
3790 @findex %initial-action
3791 Declare that the @var{code} must be invoked before parsing each time
3792 @code{yyparse} is called. The @var{code} may use @code{$$} and
3793 @code{@@$} --- initial value and location of the look-ahead --- and the
3794 @code{%parse-param}.
3795 @end deffn
3796
3797 For instance, if your locations use a file name, you may use
3798
3799 @example
3800 %parse-param @{ char const *file_name @};
3801 %initial-action
3802 @{
3803 @@$.initialize (file_name);
3804 @};
3805 @end example
3806
3807
3808 @node Destructor Decl
3809 @subsection Freeing Discarded Symbols
3810 @cindex freeing discarded symbols
3811 @findex %destructor
3812
3813 During error recovery (@pxref{Error Recovery}), symbols already pushed
3814 on the stack and tokens coming from the rest of the file are discarded
3815 until the parser falls on its feet. If the parser runs out of memory,
3816 or if the parsing is cut by @code{YYACCEPT} or @code{YYABORT}, all the
3817 symbols on the stack must be discarded. Even if the parser succeeds, it
3818 must discard the start symbol.
3819
3820 When discarded symbols convey heap based information, this memory is
3821 lost. While this behavior can be tolerable for batch parsers, such as
3822 in traditional compilers, it is unacceptable for programs like shells or
3823 protocol implementations that may parse and execute indefinitely.
3824
3825 The @code{%destructor} directive defines code that is called when a
3826 symbol is automatically discarded.
3827
3828 @deffn {Directive} %destructor @{ @var{code} @} @var{symbols}
3829 @findex %destructor
3830 Invoke @var{code} whenever the parser discards one of the @var{symbols}.
3831 Within @var{code}, @code{$$} designates the semantic value associated
3832 with the discarded symbol. The additional parser parameters are also
3833 available (@pxref{Parser Function, , The Parser Function
3834 @code{yyparse}}).
3835 @end deffn
3836
3837 For instance:
3838
3839 @smallexample
3840 %union
3841 @{
3842 char *string;
3843 @}
3844 %token <string> STRING
3845 %type <string> string
3846 %destructor @{ free ($$); @} STRING string
3847 @end smallexample
3848
3849 @noindent
3850 guarantees that when a @code{STRING} or a @code{string} is discarded,
3851 its associated memory will be freed.
3852
3853 @sp 1
3854
3855 @cindex discarded symbols
3856 @dfn{Discarded symbols} are the following:
3857
3858 @itemize
3859 @item
3860 stacked symbols popped during the first phase of error recovery,
3861 @item
3862 incoming terminals during the second phase of error recovery,
3863 @item
3864 the current look-ahead and the entire stack (except the current
3865 right-hand side symbols) when the parser aborts (either via an explicit
3866 call to @code{YYABORT} or @code{YYACCEPT}, or as a consequence of a
3867 failed error recovery or of memory exhaustion), and
3868 @item
3869 the start symbol, when the parser succeeds.
3870 @end itemize
3871
3872 Note that right-hand size symbols of a rule that explicitly triggers a
3873 syntax error via @code{YYERROR} are not reclaimed. As a thumb rule,
3874 destructors are invoked only when you do not have other means to manage
3875 the memory.
3876
3877 @node Expect Decl
3878 @subsection Suppressing Conflict Warnings
3879 @cindex suppressing conflict warnings
3880 @cindex preventing warnings about conflicts
3881 @cindex warnings, preventing
3882 @cindex conflicts, suppressing warnings of
3883 @findex %expect
3884 @findex %expect-rr
3885
3886 Bison normally warns if there are any conflicts in the grammar
3887 (@pxref{Shift/Reduce, ,Shift/Reduce Conflicts}), but most real grammars
3888 have harmless shift/reduce conflicts which are resolved in a predictable
3889 way and would be difficult to eliminate. It is desirable to suppress
3890 the warning about these conflicts unless the number of conflicts
3891 changes. You can do this with the @code{%expect} declaration.
3892
3893 The declaration looks like this:
3894
3895 @example
3896 %expect @var{n}
3897 @end example
3898
3899 Here @var{n} is a decimal integer. The declaration says there should
3900 be @var{n} shift/reduce conflicts and no reduce/reduce conflicts.
3901 Bison reports an error if the number of shift/reduce conflicts differs
3902 from @var{n}, or if there are any reduce/reduce conflicts.
3903
3904 For normal @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers, reduce/reduce conflicts are more
3905 serious, and should be eliminated entirely. Bison will always report
3906 reduce/reduce conflicts for these parsers. With @acronym{GLR}
3907 parsers, however, both kinds of conflicts are routine; otherwise,
3908 there would be no need to use @acronym{GLR} parsing. Therefore, it is
3909 also possible to specify an expected number of reduce/reduce conflicts
3910 in @acronym{GLR} parsers, using the declaration:
3911
3912 @example
3913 %expect-rr @var{n}
3914 @end example
3915
3916 In general, using @code{%expect} involves these steps:
3917
3918 @itemize @bullet
3919 @item
3920 Compile your grammar without @code{%expect}. Use the @samp{-v} option
3921 to get a verbose list of where the conflicts occur. Bison will also
3922 print the number of conflicts.
3923
3924 @item
3925 Check each of the conflicts to make sure that Bison's default
3926 resolution is what you really want. If not, rewrite the grammar and
3927 go back to the beginning.
3928
3929 @item
3930 Add an @code{%expect} declaration, copying the number @var{n} from the
3931 number which Bison printed. With @acronym{GLR} parsers, add an
3932 @code{%expect-rr} declaration as well.
3933 @end itemize
3934
3935 Now Bison will warn you if you introduce an unexpected conflict, but
3936 will keep silent otherwise.
3937
3938 @node Start Decl
3939 @subsection The Start-Symbol
3940 @cindex declaring the start symbol
3941 @cindex start symbol, declaring
3942 @cindex default start symbol
3943 @findex %start
3944
3945 Bison assumes by default that the start symbol for the grammar is the first
3946 nonterminal specified in the grammar specification section. The programmer
3947 may override this restriction with the @code{%start} declaration as follows:
3948
3949 @example
3950 %start @var{symbol}
3951 @end example
3952
3953 @node Pure Decl
3954 @subsection A Pure (Reentrant) Parser
3955 @cindex reentrant parser
3956 @cindex pure parser
3957 @findex %pure-parser
3958
3959 A @dfn{reentrant} program is one which does not alter in the course of
3960 execution; in other words, it consists entirely of @dfn{pure} (read-only)
3961 code. Reentrancy is important whenever asynchronous execution is possible;
3962 for example, a non-reentrant program may not be safe to call from a signal
3963 handler. In systems with multiple threads of control, a non-reentrant
3964 program must be called only within interlocks.
3965
3966 Normally, Bison generates a parser which is not reentrant. This is
3967 suitable for most uses, and it permits compatibility with Yacc. (The
3968 standard Yacc interfaces are inherently nonreentrant, because they use
3969 statically allocated variables for communication with @code{yylex},
3970 including @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc}.)
3971
3972 Alternatively, you can generate a pure, reentrant parser. The Bison
3973 declaration @code{%pure-parser} says that you want the parser to be
3974 reentrant. It looks like this:
3975
3976 @example
3977 %pure-parser
3978 @end example
3979
3980 The result is that the communication variables @code{yylval} and
3981 @code{yylloc} become local variables in @code{yyparse}, and a different
3982 calling convention is used for the lexical analyzer function
3983 @code{yylex}. @xref{Pure Calling, ,Calling Conventions for Pure
3984 Parsers}, for the details of this. The variable @code{yynerrs} also
3985 becomes local in @code{yyparse} (@pxref{Error Reporting, ,The Error
3986 Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}). The convention for calling
3987 @code{yyparse} itself is unchanged.
3988
3989 Whether the parser is pure has nothing to do with the grammar rules.
3990 You can generate either a pure parser or a nonreentrant parser from any
3991 valid grammar.
3992
3993 @node Decl Summary
3994 @subsection Bison Declaration Summary
3995 @cindex Bison declaration summary
3996 @cindex declaration summary
3997 @cindex summary, Bison declaration
3998
3999 Here is a summary of the declarations used to define a grammar:
4000
4001 @deffn {Directive} %union
4002 Declare the collection of data types that semantic values may have
4003 (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}).
4004 @end deffn
4005
4006 @deffn {Directive} %token
4007 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) with no precedence
4008 or associativity specified (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}).
4009 @end deffn
4010
4011 @deffn {Directive} %right
4012 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is right-associative
4013 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4014 @end deffn
4015
4016 @deffn {Directive} %left
4017 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is left-associative
4018 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4019 @end deffn
4020
4021 @deffn {Directive} %nonassoc
4022 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is nonassociative
4023 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4024 Using it in a way that would be associative is a syntax error.
4025 @end deffn
4026
4027 @ifset defaultprec
4028 @deffn {Directive} %default-prec
4029 Assign a precedence to rules lacking an explicit @code{%prec} modifier
4030 (@pxref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}).
4031 @end deffn
4032 @end ifset
4033
4034 @deffn {Directive} %type
4035 Declare the type of semantic values for a nonterminal symbol
4036 (@pxref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
4037 @end deffn
4038
4039 @deffn {Directive} %start
4040 Specify the grammar's start symbol (@pxref{Start Decl, ,The
4041 Start-Symbol}).
4042 @end deffn
4043
4044 @deffn {Directive} %expect
4045 Declare the expected number of shift-reduce conflicts
4046 (@pxref{Expect Decl, ,Suppressing Conflict Warnings}).
4047 @end deffn
4048
4049
4050 @sp 1
4051 @noindent
4052 In order to change the behavior of @command{bison}, use the following
4053 directives:
4054
4055 @deffn {Directive} %debug
4056 In the parser file, define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to 1 if it is not
4057 already defined, so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
4058 @end deffn
4059 @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
4060
4061 @deffn {Directive} %defines
4062 Write a header file containing macro definitions for the token type
4063 names defined in the grammar as well as a few other declarations.
4064 If the parser output file is named @file{@var{name}.c} then this file
4065 is named @file{@var{name}.h}.
4066
4067 Unless @code{YYSTYPE} is already defined as a macro, the output header
4068 declares @code{YYSTYPE}. Therefore, if you are using a @code{%union}
4069 (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}) with components
4070 that require other definitions, or if you have defined a
4071 @code{YYSTYPE} macro (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic
4072 Values}), you need to arrange for these definitions to be propagated to
4073 all modules, e.g., by putting them in a
4074 prerequisite header that is included both by your parser and by any
4075 other module that needs @code{YYSTYPE}.
4076
4077 Unless your parser is pure, the output header declares @code{yylval}
4078 as an external variable. @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant)
4079 Parser}.
4080
4081 If you have also used locations, the output header declares
4082 @code{YYLTYPE} and @code{yylloc} using a protocol similar to that of
4083 @code{YYSTYPE} and @code{yylval}. @xref{Locations, ,Tracking
4084 Locations}.
4085
4086 This output file is normally essential if you wish to put the
4087 definition of @code{yylex} in a separate source file, because
4088 @code{yylex} typically needs to be able to refer to the
4089 above-mentioned declarations and to the token type codes.
4090 @xref{Token Values, ,Semantic Values of Tokens}.
4091 @end deffn
4092
4093 @deffn {Directive} %destructor
4094 Specify how the parser should reclaim the memory associated to
4095 discarded symbols. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
4096 @end deffn
4097
4098 @deffn {Directive} %file-prefix="@var{prefix}"
4099 Specify a prefix to use for all Bison output file names. The names are
4100 chosen as if the input file were named @file{@var{prefix}.y}.
4101 @end deffn
4102
4103 @deffn {Directive} %locations
4104 Generate the code processing the locations (@pxref{Action Features,
4105 ,Special Features for Use in Actions}). This mode is enabled as soon as
4106 the grammar uses the special @samp{@@@var{n}} tokens, but if your
4107 grammar does not use it, using @samp{%locations} allows for more
4108 accurate syntax error messages.
4109 @end deffn
4110
4111 @deffn {Directive} %name-prefix="@var{prefix}"
4112 Rename the external symbols used in the parser so that they start with
4113 @var{prefix} instead of @samp{yy}. The precise list of symbols renamed
4114 is @code{yyparse}, @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror}, @code{yynerrs},
4115 @code{yylval}, @code{yylloc}, @code{yychar}, @code{yydebug}, and
4116 possible @code{yylloc}. For example, if you use
4117 @samp{%name-prefix="c_"}, the names become @code{c_parse}, @code{c_lex},
4118 and so on. @xref{Multiple Parsers, ,Multiple Parsers in the Same
4119 Program}.
4120 @end deffn
4121
4122 @ifset defaultprec
4123 @deffn {Directive} %no-default-prec
4124 Do not assign a precedence to rules lacking an explicit @code{%prec}
4125 modifier (@pxref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
4126 Precedence}).
4127 @end deffn
4128 @end ifset
4129
4130 @deffn {Directive} %no-parser
4131 Do not include any C code in the parser file; generate tables only. The
4132 parser file contains just @code{#define} directives and static variable
4133 declarations.
4134
4135 This option also tells Bison to write the C code for the grammar actions
4136 into a file named @file{@var{file}.act}, in the form of a
4137 brace-surrounded body fit for a @code{switch} statement.
4138 @end deffn
4139
4140 @deffn {Directive} %no-lines
4141 Don't generate any @code{#line} preprocessor commands in the parser
4142 file. Ordinarily Bison writes these commands in the parser file so that
4143 the C compiler and debuggers will associate errors and object code with
4144 your source file (the grammar file). This directive causes them to
4145 associate errors with the parser file, treating it an independent source
4146 file in its own right.
4147 @end deffn
4148
4149 @deffn {Directive} %output="@var{file}"
4150 Specify @var{file} for the parser file.
4151 @end deffn
4152
4153 @deffn {Directive} %pure-parser
4154 Request a pure (reentrant) parser program (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure
4155 (Reentrant) Parser}).
4156 @end deffn
4157
4158 @deffn {Directive} %require "@var{version}"
4159 Require version @var{version} or higher of Bison. @xref{Require Decl, ,
4160 Require a Version of Bison}.
4161 @end deffn
4162
4163 @deffn {Directive} %token-table
4164 Generate an array of token names in the parser file. The name of the
4165 array is @code{yytname}; @code{yytname[@var{i}]} is the name of the
4166 token whose internal Bison token code number is @var{i}. The first
4167 three elements of @code{yytname} correspond to the predefined tokens
4168 @code{"$end"},
4169 @code{"error"}, and @code{"$undefined"}; after these come the symbols
4170 defined in the grammar file.
4171
4172 The name in the table includes all the characters needed to represent
4173 the token in Bison. For single-character literals and literal
4174 strings, this includes the surrounding quoting characters and any
4175 escape sequences. For example, the Bison single-character literal
4176 @code{'+'} corresponds to a three-character name, represented in C as
4177 @code{"'+'"}; and the Bison two-character literal string @code{"\\/"}
4178 corresponds to a five-character name, represented in C as
4179 @code{"\"\\\\/\""}.
4180
4181 When you specify @code{%token-table}, Bison also generates macro
4182 definitions for macros @code{YYNTOKENS}, @code{YYNNTS}, and
4183 @code{YYNRULES}, and @code{YYNSTATES}:
4184
4185 @table @code
4186 @item YYNTOKENS
4187 The highest token number, plus one.
4188 @item YYNNTS
4189 The number of nonterminal symbols.
4190 @item YYNRULES
4191 The number of grammar rules,
4192 @item YYNSTATES
4193 The number of parser states (@pxref{Parser States}).
4194 @end table
4195 @end deffn
4196
4197 @deffn {Directive} %verbose
4198 Write an extra output file containing verbose descriptions of the
4199 parser states and what is done for each type of look-ahead token in
4200 that state. @xref{Understanding, , Understanding Your Parser}, for more
4201 information.
4202 @end deffn
4203
4204 @deffn {Directive} %yacc
4205 Pretend the option @option{--yacc} was given, i.e., imitate Yacc,
4206 including its naming conventions. @xref{Bison Options}, for more.
4207 @end deffn
4208
4209
4210 @node Multiple Parsers
4211 @section Multiple Parsers in the Same Program
4212
4213 Most programs that use Bison parse only one language and therefore contain
4214 only one Bison parser. But what if you want to parse more than one
4215 language with the same program? Then you need to avoid a name conflict
4216 between different definitions of @code{yyparse}, @code{yylval}, and so on.
4217
4218 The easy way to do this is to use the option @samp{-p @var{prefix}}
4219 (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}). This renames the interface
4220 functions and variables of the Bison parser to start with @var{prefix}
4221 instead of @samp{yy}. You can use this to give each parser distinct
4222 names that do not conflict.
4223
4224 The precise list of symbols renamed is @code{yyparse}, @code{yylex},
4225 @code{yyerror}, @code{yynerrs}, @code{yylval}, @code{yylloc},
4226 @code{yychar} and @code{yydebug}. For example, if you use @samp{-p c},
4227 the names become @code{cparse}, @code{clex}, and so on.
4228
4229 @strong{All the other variables and macros associated with Bison are not
4230 renamed.} These others are not global; there is no conflict if the same
4231 name is used in different parsers. For example, @code{YYSTYPE} is not
4232 renamed, but defining this in different ways in different parsers causes
4233 no trouble (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}).
4234
4235 The @samp{-p} option works by adding macro definitions to the beginning
4236 of the parser source file, defining @code{yyparse} as
4237 @code{@var{prefix}parse}, and so on. This effectively substitutes one
4238 name for the other in the entire parser file.
4239
4240 @node Interface
4241 @chapter Parser C-Language Interface
4242 @cindex C-language interface
4243 @cindex interface
4244
4245 The Bison parser is actually a C function named @code{yyparse}. Here we
4246 describe the interface conventions of @code{yyparse} and the other
4247 functions that it needs to use.
4248
4249 Keep in mind that the parser uses many C identifiers starting with
4250 @samp{yy} and @samp{YY} for internal purposes. If you use such an
4251 identifier (aside from those in this manual) in an action or in epilogue
4252 in the grammar file, you are likely to run into trouble.
4253
4254 @menu
4255 * Parser Function:: How to call @code{yyparse} and what it returns.
4256 * Lexical:: You must supply a function @code{yylex}
4257 which reads tokens.
4258 * Error Reporting:: You must supply a function @code{yyerror}.
4259 * Action Features:: Special features for use in actions.
4260 * Internationalization:: How to let the parser speak in the user's
4261 native language.
4262 @end menu
4263
4264 @node Parser Function
4265 @section The Parser Function @code{yyparse}
4266 @findex yyparse
4267
4268 You call the function @code{yyparse} to cause parsing to occur. This
4269 function reads tokens, executes actions, and ultimately returns when it
4270 encounters end-of-input or an unrecoverable syntax error. You can also
4271 write an action which directs @code{yyparse} to return immediately
4272 without reading further.
4273
4274
4275 @deftypefun int yyparse (void)
4276 The value returned by @code{yyparse} is 0 if parsing was successful (return
4277 is due to end-of-input).
4278
4279 The value is 1 if parsing failed because of invalid input, i.e., input
4280 that contains a syntax error or that causes @code{YYABORT} to be
4281 invoked.
4282
4283 The value is 2 if parsing failed due to memory exhaustion.
4284 @end deftypefun
4285
4286 In an action, you can cause immediate return from @code{yyparse} by using
4287 these macros:
4288
4289 @defmac YYACCEPT
4290 @findex YYACCEPT
4291 Return immediately with value 0 (to report success).
4292 @end defmac
4293
4294 @defmac YYABORT
4295 @findex YYABORT
4296 Return immediately with value 1 (to report failure).
4297 @end defmac
4298
4299 If you use a reentrant parser, you can optionally pass additional
4300 parameter information to it in a reentrant way. To do so, use the
4301 declaration @code{%parse-param}:
4302
4303 @deffn {Directive} %parse-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
4304 @findex %parse-param
4305 Declare that an argument declared by @code{argument-declaration} is an
4306 additional @code{yyparse} argument.
4307 The @var{argument-declaration} is used when declaring
4308 functions or prototypes. The last identifier in
4309 @var{argument-declaration} must be the argument name.
4310 @end deffn
4311
4312 Here's an example. Write this in the parser:
4313
4314 @example
4315 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
4316 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
4317 @end example
4318
4319 @noindent
4320 Then call the parser like this:
4321
4322 @example
4323 @{
4324 int nastiness, randomness;
4325 @dots{} /* @r{Store proper data in @code{nastiness} and @code{randomness}.} */
4326 value = yyparse (&nastiness, &randomness);
4327 @dots{}
4328 @}
4329 @end example
4330
4331 @noindent
4332 In the grammar actions, use expressions like this to refer to the data:
4333
4334 @example
4335 exp: @dots{} @{ @dots{}; *randomness += 1; @dots{} @}
4336 @end example
4337
4338
4339 @node Lexical
4340 @section The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}
4341 @findex yylex
4342 @cindex lexical analyzer
4343
4344 The @dfn{lexical analyzer} function, @code{yylex}, recognizes tokens from
4345 the input stream and returns them to the parser. Bison does not create
4346 this function automatically; you must write it so that @code{yyparse} can
4347 call it. The function is sometimes referred to as a lexical scanner.
4348
4349 In simple programs, @code{yylex} is often defined at the end of the Bison
4350 grammar file. If @code{yylex} is defined in a separate source file, you
4351 need to arrange for the token-type macro definitions to be available there.
4352 To do this, use the @samp{-d} option when you run Bison, so that it will
4353 write these macro definitions into a separate header file
4354 @file{@var{name}.tab.h} which you can include in the other source files
4355 that need it. @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
4356
4357 @menu
4358 * Calling Convention:: How @code{yyparse} calls @code{yylex}.
4359 * Token Values:: How @code{yylex} must return the semantic value
4360 of the token it has read.
4361 * Token Locations:: How @code{yylex} must return the text location
4362 (line number, etc.) of the token, if the
4363 actions want that.
4364 * Pure Calling:: How the calling convention differs
4365 in a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}).
4366 @end menu
4367
4368 @node Calling Convention
4369 @subsection Calling Convention for @code{yylex}
4370
4371 The value that @code{yylex} returns must be the positive numeric code
4372 for the type of token it has just found; a zero or negative value
4373 signifies end-of-input.
4374
4375 When a token is referred to in the grammar rules by a name, that name
4376 in the parser file becomes a C macro whose definition is the proper
4377 numeric code for that token type. So @code{yylex} can use the name
4378 to indicate that type. @xref{Symbols}.
4379
4380 When a token is referred to in the grammar rules by a character literal,
4381 the numeric code for that character is also the code for the token type.
4382 So @code{yylex} can simply return that character code, possibly converted
4383 to @code{unsigned char} to avoid sign-extension. The null character
4384 must not be used this way, because its code is zero and that
4385 signifies end-of-input.
4386
4387 Here is an example showing these things:
4388
4389 @example
4390 int
4391 yylex (void)
4392 @{
4393 @dots{}
4394 if (c == EOF) /* Detect end-of-input. */
4395 return 0;
4396 @dots{}
4397 if (c == '+' || c == '-')
4398 return c; /* Assume token type for `+' is '+'. */
4399 @dots{}
4400 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4401 @dots{}
4402 @}
4403 @end example
4404
4405 @noindent
4406 This interface has been designed so that the output from the @code{lex}
4407 utility can be used without change as the definition of @code{yylex}.
4408
4409 If the grammar uses literal string tokens, there are two ways that
4410 @code{yylex} can determine the token type codes for them:
4411
4412 @itemize @bullet
4413 @item
4414 If the grammar defines symbolic token names as aliases for the
4415 literal string tokens, @code{yylex} can use these symbolic names like
4416 all others. In this case, the use of the literal string tokens in
4417 the grammar file has no effect on @code{yylex}.
4418
4419 @item
4420 @code{yylex} can find the multicharacter token in the @code{yytname}
4421 table. The index of the token in the table is the token type's code.
4422 The name of a multicharacter token is recorded in @code{yytname} with a
4423 double-quote, the token's characters, and another double-quote. The
4424 token's characters are escaped as necessary to be suitable as input
4425 to Bison.
4426
4427 Here's code for looking up a multicharacter token in @code{yytname},
4428 assuming that the characters of the token are stored in
4429 @code{token_buffer}, and assuming that the token does not contain any
4430 characters like @samp{"} that require escaping.
4431
4432 @smallexample
4433 for (i = 0; i < YYNTOKENS; i++)
4434 @{
4435 if (yytname[i] != 0
4436 && yytname[i][0] == '"'
4437 && ! strncmp (yytname[i] + 1, token_buffer,
4438 strlen (token_buffer))
4439 && yytname[i][strlen (token_buffer) + 1] == '"'
4440 && yytname[i][strlen (token_buffer) + 2] == 0)
4441 break;
4442 @}
4443 @end smallexample
4444
4445 The @code{yytname} table is generated only if you use the
4446 @code{%token-table} declaration. @xref{Decl Summary}.
4447 @end itemize
4448
4449 @node Token Values
4450 @subsection Semantic Values of Tokens
4451
4452 @vindex yylval
4453 In an ordinary (non-reentrant) parser, the semantic value of the token must
4454 be stored into the global variable @code{yylval}. When you are using
4455 just one data type for semantic values, @code{yylval} has that type.
4456 Thus, if the type is @code{int} (the default), you might write this in
4457 @code{yylex}:
4458
4459 @example
4460 @group
4461 @dots{}
4462 yylval = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
4463 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4464 @dots{}
4465 @end group
4466 @end example
4467
4468 When you are using multiple data types, @code{yylval}'s type is a union
4469 made from the @code{%union} declaration (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The
4470 Collection of Value Types}). So when you store a token's value, you
4471 must use the proper member of the union. If the @code{%union}
4472 declaration looks like this:
4473
4474 @example
4475 @group
4476 %union @{
4477 int intval;
4478 double val;
4479 symrec *tptr;
4480 @}
4481 @end group
4482 @end example
4483
4484 @noindent
4485 then the code in @code{yylex} might look like this:
4486
4487 @example
4488 @group
4489 @dots{}
4490 yylval.intval = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
4491 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4492 @dots{}
4493 @end group
4494 @end example
4495
4496 @node Token Locations
4497 @subsection Textual Locations of Tokens
4498
4499 @vindex yylloc
4500 If you are using the @samp{@@@var{n}}-feature (@pxref{Locations, ,
4501 Tracking Locations}) in actions to keep track of the
4502 textual locations of tokens and groupings, then you must provide this
4503 information in @code{yylex}. The function @code{yyparse} expects to
4504 find the textual location of a token just parsed in the global variable
4505 @code{yylloc}. So @code{yylex} must store the proper data in that
4506 variable.
4507
4508 By default, the value of @code{yylloc} is a structure and you need only
4509 initialize the members that are going to be used by the actions. The
4510 four members are called @code{first_line}, @code{first_column},
4511 @code{last_line} and @code{last_column}. Note that the use of this
4512 feature makes the parser noticeably slower.
4513
4514 @tindex YYLTYPE
4515 The data type of @code{yylloc} has the name @code{YYLTYPE}.
4516
4517 @node Pure Calling
4518 @subsection Calling Conventions for Pure Parsers
4519
4520 When you use the Bison declaration @code{%pure-parser} to request a
4521 pure, reentrant parser, the global communication variables @code{yylval}
4522 and @code{yylloc} cannot be used. (@xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant)
4523 Parser}.) In such parsers the two global variables are replaced by
4524 pointers passed as arguments to @code{yylex}. You must declare them as
4525 shown here, and pass the information back by storing it through those
4526 pointers.
4527
4528 @example
4529 int
4530 yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp)
4531 @{
4532 @dots{}
4533 *lvalp = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
4534 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4535 @dots{}
4536 @}
4537 @end example
4538
4539 If the grammar file does not use the @samp{@@} constructs to refer to
4540 textual locations, then the type @code{YYLTYPE} will not be defined. In
4541 this case, omit the second argument; @code{yylex} will be called with
4542 only one argument.
4543
4544
4545 If you wish to pass the additional parameter data to @code{yylex}, use
4546 @code{%lex-param} just like @code{%parse-param} (@pxref{Parser
4547 Function}).
4548
4549 @deffn {Directive} lex-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
4550 @findex %lex-param
4551 Declare that @code{argument-declaration} is an additional @code{yylex}
4552 argument declaration.
4553 @end deffn
4554
4555 For instance:
4556
4557 @example
4558 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
4559 %lex-param @{int *nastiness@}
4560 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
4561 @end example
4562
4563 @noindent
4564 results in the following signature:
4565
4566 @example
4567 int yylex (int *nastiness);
4568 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4569 @end example
4570
4571 If @code{%pure-parser} is added:
4572
4573 @example
4574 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, int *nastiness);
4575 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4576 @end example
4577
4578 @noindent
4579 and finally, if both @code{%pure-parser} and @code{%locations} are used:
4580
4581 @example
4582 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp, int *nastiness);
4583 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4584 @end example
4585
4586 @node Error Reporting
4587 @section The Error Reporting Function @code{yyerror}
4588 @cindex error reporting function
4589 @findex yyerror
4590 @cindex parse error
4591 @cindex syntax error
4592
4593 The Bison parser detects a @dfn{syntax error} or @dfn{parse error}
4594 whenever it reads a token which cannot satisfy any syntax rule. An
4595 action in the grammar can also explicitly proclaim an error, using the
4596 macro @code{YYERROR} (@pxref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use
4597 in Actions}).
4598
4599 The Bison parser expects to report the error by calling an error
4600 reporting function named @code{yyerror}, which you must supply. It is
4601 called by @code{yyparse} whenever a syntax error is found, and it
4602 receives one argument. For a syntax error, the string is normally
4603 @w{@code{"syntax error"}}.
4604
4605 @findex %error-verbose
4606 If you invoke the directive @code{%error-verbose} in the Bison
4607 declarations section (@pxref{Bison Declarations, ,The Bison Declarations
4608 Section}), then Bison provides a more verbose and specific error message
4609 string instead of just plain @w{@code{"syntax error"}}.
4610
4611 The parser can detect one other kind of error: memory exhaustion. This
4612 can happen when the input contains constructions that are very deeply
4613 nested. It isn't likely you will encounter this, since the Bison
4614 parser normally extends its stack automatically up to a very large limit. But
4615 if memory is exhausted, @code{yyparse} calls @code{yyerror} in the usual
4616 fashion, except that the argument string is @w{@code{"memory exhausted"}}.
4617
4618 In some cases diagnostics like @w{@code{"syntax error"}} are
4619 translated automatically from English to some other language before
4620 they are passed to @code{yyerror}. @xref{Internationalization}.
4621
4622 The following definition suffices in simple programs:
4623
4624 @example
4625 @group
4626 void
4627 yyerror (char const *s)
4628 @{
4629 @end group
4630 @group
4631 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", s);
4632 @}
4633 @end group
4634 @end example
4635
4636 After @code{yyerror} returns to @code{yyparse}, the latter will attempt
4637 error recovery if you have written suitable error recovery grammar rules
4638 (@pxref{Error Recovery}). If recovery is impossible, @code{yyparse} will
4639 immediately return 1.
4640
4641 Obviously, in location tracking pure parsers, @code{yyerror} should have
4642 an access to the current location.
4643 This is indeed the case for the @acronym{GLR}
4644 parsers, but not for the Yacc parser, for historical reasons. I.e., if
4645 @samp{%locations %pure-parser} is passed then the prototypes for
4646 @code{yyerror} are:
4647
4648 @example
4649 void yyerror (char const *msg); /* Yacc parsers. */
4650 void yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp, char const *msg); /* GLR parsers. */
4651 @end example
4652
4653 If @samp{%parse-param @{int *nastiness@}} is used, then:
4654
4655 @example
4656 void yyerror (int *nastiness, char const *msg); /* Yacc parsers. */
4657 void yyerror (int *nastiness, char const *msg); /* GLR parsers. */
4658 @end example
4659
4660 Finally, @acronym{GLR} and Yacc parsers share the same @code{yyerror} calling
4661 convention for absolutely pure parsers, i.e., when the calling
4662 convention of @code{yylex} @emph{and} the calling convention of
4663 @code{%pure-parser} are pure. I.e.:
4664
4665 @example
4666 /* Location tracking. */
4667 %locations
4668 /* Pure yylex. */
4669 %pure-parser
4670 %lex-param @{int *nastiness@}
4671 /* Pure yyparse. */
4672 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
4673 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
4674 @end example
4675
4676 @noindent
4677 results in the following signatures for all the parser kinds:
4678
4679 @example
4680 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp, int *nastiness);
4681 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4682 void yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp,
4683 int *nastiness, int *randomness,
4684 char const *msg);
4685 @end example
4686
4687 @noindent
4688 The prototypes are only indications of how the code produced by Bison
4689 uses @code{yyerror}. Bison-generated code always ignores the returned
4690 value, so @code{yyerror} can return any type, including @code{void}.
4691 Also, @code{yyerror} can be a variadic function; that is why the
4692 message is always passed last.
4693
4694 Traditionally @code{yyerror} returns an @code{int} that is always
4695 ignored, but this is purely for historical reasons, and @code{void} is
4696 preferable since it more accurately describes the return type for
4697 @code{yyerror}.
4698
4699 @vindex yynerrs
4700 The variable @code{yynerrs} contains the number of syntax errors
4701 reported so far. Normally this variable is global; but if you
4702 request a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser})
4703 then it is a local variable which only the actions can access.
4704
4705 @node Action Features
4706 @section Special Features for Use in Actions
4707 @cindex summary, action features
4708 @cindex action features summary
4709
4710 Here is a table of Bison constructs, variables and macros that
4711 are useful in actions.
4712
4713 @deffn {Variable} $$
4714 Acts like a variable that contains the semantic value for the
4715 grouping made by the current rule. @xref{Actions}.
4716 @end deffn
4717
4718 @deffn {Variable} $@var{n}
4719 Acts like a variable that contains the semantic value for the
4720 @var{n}th component of the current rule. @xref{Actions}.
4721 @end deffn
4722
4723 @deffn {Variable} $<@var{typealt}>$
4724 Like @code{$$} but specifies alternative @var{typealt} in the union
4725 specified by the @code{%union} declaration. @xref{Action Types, ,Data
4726 Types of Values in Actions}.
4727 @end deffn
4728
4729 @deffn {Variable} $<@var{typealt}>@var{n}
4730 Like @code{$@var{n}} but specifies alternative @var{typealt} in the
4731 union specified by the @code{%union} declaration.
4732 @xref{Action Types, ,Data Types of Values in Actions}.
4733 @end deffn
4734
4735 @deffn {Macro} YYABORT;
4736 Return immediately from @code{yyparse}, indicating failure.
4737 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
4738 @end deffn
4739
4740 @deffn {Macro} YYACCEPT;
4741 Return immediately from @code{yyparse}, indicating success.
4742 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
4743 @end deffn
4744
4745 @deffn {Macro} YYBACKUP (@var{token}, @var{value});
4746 @findex YYBACKUP
4747 Unshift a token. This macro is allowed only for rules that reduce
4748 a single value, and only when there is no look-ahead token.
4749 It is also disallowed in @acronym{GLR} parsers.
4750 It installs a look-ahead token with token type @var{token} and
4751 semantic value @var{value}; then it discards the value that was
4752 going to be reduced by this rule.
4753
4754 If the macro is used when it is not valid, such as when there is
4755 a look-ahead token already, then it reports a syntax error with
4756 a message @samp{cannot back up} and performs ordinary error
4757 recovery.
4758
4759 In either case, the rest of the action is not executed.
4760 @end deffn
4761
4762 @deffn {Macro} YYEMPTY
4763 @vindex YYEMPTY
4764 Value stored in @code{yychar} when there is no look-ahead token.
4765 @end deffn
4766
4767 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR;
4768 @findex YYERROR
4769 Cause an immediate syntax error. This statement initiates error
4770 recovery just as if the parser itself had detected an error; however, it
4771 does not call @code{yyerror}, and does not print any message. If you
4772 want to print an error message, call @code{yyerror} explicitly before
4773 the @samp{YYERROR;} statement. @xref{Error Recovery}.
4774 @end deffn
4775
4776 @deffn {Macro} YYRECOVERING
4777 This macro stands for an expression that has the value 1 when the parser
4778 is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 the rest of the time.
4779 @xref{Error Recovery}.
4780 @end deffn
4781
4782 @deffn {Variable} yychar
4783 Variable containing the current look-ahead token. (In a pure parser,
4784 this is actually a local variable within @code{yyparse}.) When there is
4785 no look-ahead token, the value @code{YYEMPTY} is stored in the variable.
4786 @xref{Look-Ahead, ,Look-Ahead Tokens}.
4787 @end deffn
4788
4789 @deffn {Macro} yyclearin;
4790 Discard the current look-ahead token. This is useful primarily in
4791 error rules. @xref{Error Recovery}.
4792 @end deffn
4793
4794 @deffn {Macro} yyerrok;
4795 Resume generating error messages immediately for subsequent syntax
4796 errors. This is useful primarily in error rules.
4797 @xref{Error Recovery}.
4798 @end deffn
4799
4800 @deffn {Value} @@$
4801 @findex @@$
4802 Acts like a structure variable containing information on the textual location
4803 of the grouping made by the current rule. @xref{Locations, ,
4804 Tracking Locations}.
4805
4806 @c Check if those paragraphs are still useful or not.
4807
4808 @c @example
4809 @c struct @{
4810 @c int first_line, last_line;
4811 @c int first_column, last_column;
4812 @c @};
4813 @c @end example
4814
4815 @c Thus, to get the starting line number of the third component, you would
4816 @c use @samp{@@3.first_line}.
4817
4818 @c In order for the members of this structure to contain valid information,
4819 @c you must make @code{yylex} supply this information about each token.
4820 @c If you need only certain members, then @code{yylex} need only fill in
4821 @c those members.
4822
4823 @c The use of this feature makes the parser noticeably slower.
4824 @end deffn
4825
4826 @deffn {Value} @@@var{n}
4827 @findex @@@var{n}
4828 Acts like a structure variable containing information on the textual location
4829 of the @var{n}th component of the current rule. @xref{Locations, ,
4830 Tracking Locations}.
4831 @end deffn
4832
4833 @node Internationalization
4834 @section Parser Internationalization
4835 @cindex internationalization
4836 @cindex i18n
4837 @cindex NLS
4838 @cindex gettext
4839 @cindex bison-po
4840
4841 A Bison-generated parser can print diagnostics, including error and
4842 tracing messages. By default, they appear in English. However, Bison
4843 also supports outputting diagnostics in the user's native language.
4844 To make this work, the user should set the usual environment
4845 variables. @xref{Users, , The User's View, gettext, GNU
4846 @code{gettext} utilities}. For
4847 example, the shell command @samp{export LC_ALL=fr_CA.UTF-8} might set
4848 the user's locale to French Canadian using the @acronym{UTF}-8
4849 encoding. The exact set of available locales depends on the user's
4850 installation.
4851
4852 The maintainer of a package that uses a Bison-generated parser enables
4853 the internationalization of the parser's output through the following
4854 steps. Here we assume a package that uses @acronym{GNU} Autoconf and
4855 @acronym{GNU} Automake.
4856
4857 @enumerate
4858 @item
4859 @cindex bison-i18n.m4
4860 Into the directory containing the @acronym{GNU} Autoconf macros used
4861 by the package---often called @file{m4}---copy the
4862 @file{bison-i18n.m4} file installed by Bison under
4863 @samp{share/aclocal/bison-i18n.m4} in Bison's installation directory.
4864 For example:
4865
4866 @example
4867 cp /usr/local/share/aclocal/bison-i18n.m4 m4/bison-i18n.m4
4868 @end example
4869
4870 @item
4871 @findex BISON_I18N
4872 @vindex BISON_LOCALEDIR
4873 @vindex YYENABLE_NLS
4874 In the top-level @file{configure.ac}, after the @code{AM_GNU_GETTEXT}
4875 invocation, add an invocation of @code{BISON_I18N}. This macro is
4876 defined in the file @file{bison-i18n.m4} that you copied earlier. It
4877 causes @samp{configure} to find the value of the
4878 @code{BISON_LOCALEDIR} variable, and it defines the source-language
4879 symbol @code{YYENABLE_NLS} to enable translations in the
4880 Bison-generated parser.
4881
4882 @item
4883 In the @code{main} function of your program, designate the directory
4884 containing Bison's runtime message catalog, through a call to
4885 @samp{bindtextdomain} with domain name @samp{bison-runtime}.
4886 For example:
4887
4888 @example
4889 bindtextdomain ("bison-runtime", BISON_LOCALEDIR);
4890 @end example
4891
4892 Typically this appears after any other call @code{bindtextdomain
4893 (PACKAGE, LOCALEDIR)} that your package already has. Here we rely on
4894 @samp{BISON_LOCALEDIR} to be defined as a string through the
4895 @file{Makefile}.
4896
4897 @item
4898 In the @file{Makefile.am} that controls the compilation of the @code{main}
4899 function, make @samp{BISON_LOCALEDIR} available as a C preprocessor macro,
4900 either in @samp{DEFS} or in @samp{AM_CPPFLAGS}. For example:
4901
4902 @example
4903 DEFS = @@DEFS@@ -DBISON_LOCALEDIR='"$(BISON_LOCALEDIR)"'
4904 @end example
4905
4906 or:
4907
4908 @example
4909 AM_CPPFLAGS = -DBISON_LOCALEDIR='"$(BISON_LOCALEDIR)"'
4910 @end example
4911
4912 @item
4913 Finally, invoke the command @command{autoreconf} to generate the build
4914 infrastructure.
4915 @end enumerate
4916
4917
4918 @node Algorithm
4919 @chapter The Bison Parser Algorithm
4920 @cindex Bison parser algorithm
4921 @cindex algorithm of parser
4922 @cindex shifting
4923 @cindex reduction
4924 @cindex parser stack
4925 @cindex stack, parser
4926
4927 As Bison reads tokens, it pushes them onto a stack along with their
4928 semantic values. The stack is called the @dfn{parser stack}. Pushing a
4929 token is traditionally called @dfn{shifting}.
4930
4931 For example, suppose the infix calculator has read @samp{1 + 5 *}, with a
4932 @samp{3} to come. The stack will have four elements, one for each token
4933 that was shifted.
4934
4935 But the stack does not always have an element for each token read. When
4936 the last @var{n} tokens and groupings shifted match the components of a
4937 grammar rule, they can be combined according to that rule. This is called
4938 @dfn{reduction}. Those tokens and groupings are replaced on the stack by a
4939 single grouping whose symbol is the result (left hand side) of that rule.
4940 Running the rule's action is part of the process of reduction, because this
4941 is what computes the semantic value of the resulting grouping.
4942
4943 For example, if the infix calculator's parser stack contains this:
4944
4945 @example
4946 1 + 5 * 3
4947 @end example
4948
4949 @noindent
4950 and the next input token is a newline character, then the last three
4951 elements can be reduced to 15 via the rule:
4952
4953 @example
4954 expr: expr '*' expr;
4955 @end example
4956
4957 @noindent
4958 Then the stack contains just these three elements:
4959
4960 @example
4961 1 + 15
4962 @end example
4963
4964 @noindent
4965 At this point, another reduction can be made, resulting in the single value
4966 16. Then the newline token can be shifted.
4967
4968 The parser tries, by shifts and reductions, to reduce the entire input down
4969 to a single grouping whose symbol is the grammar's start-symbol
4970 (@pxref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}).
4971
4972 This kind of parser is known in the literature as a bottom-up parser.
4973
4974 @menu
4975 * Look-Ahead:: Parser looks one token ahead when deciding what to do.
4976 * Shift/Reduce:: Conflicts: when either shifting or reduction is valid.
4977 * Precedence:: Operator precedence works by resolving conflicts.
4978 * Contextual Precedence:: When an operator's precedence depends on context.
4979 * Parser States:: The parser is a finite-state-machine with stack.
4980 * Reduce/Reduce:: When two rules are applicable in the same situation.
4981 * Mystery Conflicts:: Reduce/reduce conflicts that look unjustified.
4982 * Generalized LR Parsing:: Parsing arbitrary context-free grammars.
4983 * Memory Management:: What happens when memory is exhausted. How to avoid it.
4984 @end menu
4985
4986 @node Look-Ahead
4987 @section Look-Ahead Tokens
4988 @cindex look-ahead token
4989
4990 The Bison parser does @emph{not} always reduce immediately as soon as the
4991 last @var{n} tokens and groupings match a rule. This is because such a
4992 simple strategy is inadequate to handle most languages. Instead, when a
4993 reduction is possible, the parser sometimes ``looks ahead'' at the next
4994 token in order to decide what to do.
4995
4996 When a token is read, it is not immediately shifted; first it becomes the
4997 @dfn{look-ahead token}, which is not on the stack. Now the parser can
4998 perform one or more reductions of tokens and groupings on the stack, while
4999 the look-ahead token remains off to the side. When no more reductions
5000 should take place, the look-ahead token is shifted onto the stack. This
5001 does not mean that all possible reductions have been done; depending on the
5002 token type of the look-ahead token, some rules may choose to delay their
5003 application.
5004
5005 Here is a simple case where look-ahead is needed. These three rules define
5006 expressions which contain binary addition operators and postfix unary
5007 factorial operators (@samp{!}), and allow parentheses for grouping.
5008
5009 @example
5010 @group
5011 expr: term '+' expr
5012 | term
5013 ;
5014 @end group
5015
5016 @group
5017 term: '(' expr ')'
5018 | term '!'
5019 | NUMBER
5020 ;
5021 @end group
5022 @end example
5023
5024 Suppose that the tokens @w{@samp{1 + 2}} have been read and shifted; what
5025 should be done? If the following token is @samp{)}, then the first three
5026 tokens must be reduced to form an @code{expr}. This is the only valid
5027 course, because shifting the @samp{)} would produce a sequence of symbols
5028 @w{@code{term ')'}}, and no rule allows this.
5029
5030 If the following token is @samp{!}, then it must be shifted immediately so
5031 that @w{@samp{2 !}} can be reduced to make a @code{term}. If instead the
5032 parser were to reduce before shifting, @w{@samp{1 + 2}} would become an
5033 @code{expr}. It would then be impossible to shift the @samp{!} because
5034 doing so would produce on the stack the sequence of symbols @code{expr
5035 '!'}. No rule allows that sequence.
5036
5037 @vindex yychar
5038 The current look-ahead token is stored in the variable @code{yychar}.
5039 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
5040
5041 @node Shift/Reduce
5042 @section Shift/Reduce Conflicts
5043 @cindex conflicts
5044 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
5045 @cindex dangling @code{else}
5046 @cindex @code{else}, dangling
5047
5048 Suppose we are parsing a language which has if-then and if-then-else
5049 statements, with a pair of rules like this:
5050
5051 @example
5052 @group
5053 if_stmt:
5054 IF expr THEN stmt
5055 | IF expr THEN stmt ELSE stmt
5056 ;
5057 @end group
5058 @end example
5059
5060 @noindent
5061 Here we assume that @code{IF}, @code{THEN} and @code{ELSE} are
5062 terminal symbols for specific keyword tokens.
5063
5064 When the @code{ELSE} token is read and becomes the look-ahead token, the
5065 contents of the stack (assuming the input is valid) are just right for
5066 reduction by the first rule. But it is also legitimate to shift the
5067 @code{ELSE}, because that would lead to eventual reduction by the second
5068 rule.
5069
5070 This situation, where either a shift or a reduction would be valid, is
5071 called a @dfn{shift/reduce conflict}. Bison is designed to resolve
5072 these conflicts by choosing to shift, unless otherwise directed by
5073 operator precedence declarations. To see the reason for this, let's
5074 contrast it with the other alternative.
5075
5076 Since the parser prefers to shift the @code{ELSE}, the result is to attach
5077 the else-clause to the innermost if-statement, making these two inputs
5078 equivalent:
5079
5080 @example
5081 if x then if y then win (); else lose;
5082
5083 if x then do; if y then win (); else lose; end;
5084 @end example
5085
5086 But if the parser chose to reduce when possible rather than shift, the
5087 result would be to attach the else-clause to the outermost if-statement,
5088 making these two inputs equivalent:
5089
5090 @example
5091 if x then if y then win (); else lose;
5092
5093 if x then do; if y then win (); end; else lose;
5094 @end example
5095
5096 The conflict exists because the grammar as written is ambiguous: either
5097 parsing of the simple nested if-statement is legitimate. The established
5098 convention is that these ambiguities are resolved by attaching the
5099 else-clause to the innermost if-statement; this is what Bison accomplishes
5100 by choosing to shift rather than reduce. (It would ideally be cleaner to
5101 write an unambiguous grammar, but that is very hard to do in this case.)
5102 This particular ambiguity was first encountered in the specifications of
5103 Algol 60 and is called the ``dangling @code{else}'' ambiguity.
5104
5105 To avoid warnings from Bison about predictable, legitimate shift/reduce
5106 conflicts, use the @code{%expect @var{n}} declaration. There will be no
5107 warning as long as the number of shift/reduce conflicts is exactly @var{n}.
5108 @xref{Expect Decl, ,Suppressing Conflict Warnings}.
5109
5110 The definition of @code{if_stmt} above is solely to blame for the
5111 conflict, but the conflict does not actually appear without additional
5112 rules. Here is a complete Bison input file that actually manifests the
5113 conflict:
5114
5115 @example
5116 @group
5117 %token IF THEN ELSE variable
5118 %%
5119 @end group
5120 @group
5121 stmt: expr
5122 | if_stmt
5123 ;
5124 @end group
5125
5126 @group
5127 if_stmt:
5128 IF expr THEN stmt
5129 | IF expr THEN stmt ELSE stmt
5130 ;
5131 @end group
5132
5133 expr: variable
5134 ;
5135 @end example
5136
5137 @node Precedence
5138 @section Operator Precedence
5139 @cindex operator precedence
5140 @cindex precedence of operators
5141
5142 Another situation where shift/reduce conflicts appear is in arithmetic
5143 expressions. Here shifting is not always the preferred resolution; the
5144 Bison declarations for operator precedence allow you to specify when to
5145 shift and when to reduce.
5146
5147 @menu
5148 * Why Precedence:: An example showing why precedence is needed.
5149 * Using Precedence:: How to specify precedence in Bison grammars.
5150 * Precedence Examples:: How these features are used in the previous example.
5151 * How Precedence:: How they work.
5152 @end menu
5153
5154 @node Why Precedence
5155 @subsection When Precedence is Needed
5156
5157 Consider the following ambiguous grammar fragment (ambiguous because the
5158 input @w{@samp{1 - 2 * 3}} can be parsed in two different ways):
5159
5160 @example
5161 @group
5162 expr: expr '-' expr
5163 | expr '*' expr
5164 | expr '<' expr
5165 | '(' expr ')'
5166 @dots{}
5167 ;
5168 @end group
5169 @end example
5170
5171 @noindent
5172 Suppose the parser has seen the tokens @samp{1}, @samp{-} and @samp{2};
5173 should it reduce them via the rule for the subtraction operator? It
5174 depends on the next token. Of course, if the next token is @samp{)}, we
5175 must reduce; shifting is invalid because no single rule can reduce the
5176 token sequence @w{@samp{- 2 )}} or anything starting with that. But if
5177 the next token is @samp{*} or @samp{<}, we have a choice: either
5178 shifting or reduction would allow the parse to complete, but with
5179 different results.
5180
5181 To decide which one Bison should do, we must consider the results. If
5182 the next operator token @var{op} is shifted, then it must be reduced
5183 first in order to permit another opportunity to reduce the difference.
5184 The result is (in effect) @w{@samp{1 - (2 @var{op} 3)}}. On the other
5185 hand, if the subtraction is reduced before shifting @var{op}, the result
5186 is @w{@samp{(1 - 2) @var{op} 3}}. Clearly, then, the choice of shift or
5187 reduce should depend on the relative precedence of the operators
5188 @samp{-} and @var{op}: @samp{*} should be shifted first, but not
5189 @samp{<}.
5190
5191 @cindex associativity
5192 What about input such as @w{@samp{1 - 2 - 5}}; should this be
5193 @w{@samp{(1 - 2) - 5}} or should it be @w{@samp{1 - (2 - 5)}}? For most
5194 operators we prefer the former, which is called @dfn{left association}.
5195 The latter alternative, @dfn{right association}, is desirable for
5196 assignment operators. The choice of left or right association is a
5197 matter of whether the parser chooses to shift or reduce when the stack
5198 contains @w{@samp{1 - 2}} and the look-ahead token is @samp{-}: shifting
5199 makes right-associativity.
5200
5201 @node Using Precedence
5202 @subsection Specifying Operator Precedence
5203 @findex %left
5204 @findex %right
5205 @findex %nonassoc
5206
5207 Bison allows you to specify these choices with the operator precedence
5208 declarations @code{%left} and @code{%right}. Each such declaration
5209 contains a list of tokens, which are operators whose precedence and
5210 associativity is being declared. The @code{%left} declaration makes all
5211 those operators left-associative and the @code{%right} declaration makes
5212 them right-associative. A third alternative is @code{%nonassoc}, which
5213 declares that it is a syntax error to find the same operator twice ``in a
5214 row''.
5215
5216 The relative precedence of different operators is controlled by the
5217 order in which they are declared. The first @code{%left} or
5218 @code{%right} declaration in the file declares the operators whose
5219 precedence is lowest, the next such declaration declares the operators
5220 whose precedence is a little higher, and so on.
5221
5222 @node Precedence Examples
5223 @subsection Precedence Examples
5224
5225 In our example, we would want the following declarations:
5226
5227 @example
5228 %left '<'
5229 %left '-'
5230 %left '*'
5231 @end example
5232
5233 In a more complete example, which supports other operators as well, we
5234 would declare them in groups of equal precedence. For example, @code{'+'} is
5235 declared with @code{'-'}:
5236
5237 @example
5238 %left '<' '>' '=' NE LE GE
5239 %left '+' '-'
5240 %left '*' '/'
5241 @end example
5242
5243 @noindent
5244 (Here @code{NE} and so on stand for the operators for ``not equal''
5245 and so on. We assume that these tokens are more than one character long
5246 and therefore are represented by names, not character literals.)
5247
5248 @node How Precedence
5249 @subsection How Precedence Works
5250
5251 The first effect of the precedence declarations is to assign precedence
5252 levels to the terminal symbols declared. The second effect is to assign
5253 precedence levels to certain rules: each rule gets its precedence from
5254 the last terminal symbol mentioned in the components. (You can also
5255 specify explicitly the precedence of a rule. @xref{Contextual
5256 Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.)
5257
5258 Finally, the resolution of conflicts works by comparing the precedence
5259 of the rule being considered with that of the look-ahead token. If the
5260 token's precedence is higher, the choice is to shift. If the rule's
5261 precedence is higher, the choice is to reduce. If they have equal
5262 precedence, the choice is made based on the associativity of that
5263 precedence level. The verbose output file made by @samp{-v}
5264 (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}) says how each conflict was
5265 resolved.
5266
5267 Not all rules and not all tokens have precedence. If either the rule or
5268 the look-ahead token has no precedence, then the default is to shift.
5269
5270 @node Contextual Precedence
5271 @section Context-Dependent Precedence
5272 @cindex context-dependent precedence
5273 @cindex unary operator precedence
5274 @cindex precedence, context-dependent
5275 @cindex precedence, unary operator
5276 @findex %prec
5277
5278 Often the precedence of an operator depends on the context. This sounds
5279 outlandish at first, but it is really very common. For example, a minus
5280 sign typically has a very high precedence as a unary operator, and a
5281 somewhat lower precedence (lower than multiplication) as a binary operator.
5282
5283 The Bison precedence declarations, @code{%left}, @code{%right} and
5284 @code{%nonassoc}, can only be used once for a given token; so a token has
5285 only one precedence declared in this way. For context-dependent
5286 precedence, you need to use an additional mechanism: the @code{%prec}
5287 modifier for rules.
5288
5289 The @code{%prec} modifier declares the precedence of a particular rule by
5290 specifying a terminal symbol whose precedence should be used for that rule.
5291 It's not necessary for that symbol to appear otherwise in the rule. The
5292 modifier's syntax is:
5293
5294 @example
5295 %prec @var{terminal-symbol}
5296 @end example
5297
5298 @noindent
5299 and it is written after the components of the rule. Its effect is to
5300 assign the rule the precedence of @var{terminal-symbol}, overriding
5301 the precedence that would be deduced for it in the ordinary way. The
5302 altered rule precedence then affects how conflicts involving that rule
5303 are resolved (@pxref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}).
5304
5305 Here is how @code{%prec} solves the problem of unary minus. First, declare
5306 a precedence for a fictitious terminal symbol named @code{UMINUS}. There
5307 are no tokens of this type, but the symbol serves to stand for its
5308 precedence:
5309
5310 @example
5311 @dots{}
5312 %left '+' '-'
5313 %left '*'
5314 %left UMINUS
5315 @end example
5316
5317 Now the precedence of @code{UMINUS} can be used in specific rules:
5318
5319 @example
5320 @group
5321 exp: @dots{}
5322 | exp '-' exp
5323 @dots{}
5324 | '-' exp %prec UMINUS
5325 @end group
5326 @end example
5327
5328 @ifset defaultprec
5329 If you forget to append @code{%prec UMINUS} to the rule for unary
5330 minus, Bison silently assumes that minus has its usual precedence.
5331 This kind of problem can be tricky to debug, since one typically
5332 discovers the mistake only by testing the code.
5333
5334 The @code{%no-default-prec;} declaration makes it easier to discover
5335 this kind of problem systematically. It causes rules that lack a
5336 @code{%prec} modifier to have no precedence, even if the last terminal
5337 symbol mentioned in their components has a declared precedence.
5338
5339 If @code{%no-default-prec;} is in effect, you must specify @code{%prec}
5340 for all rules that participate in precedence conflict resolution.
5341 Then you will see any shift/reduce conflict until you tell Bison how
5342 to resolve it, either by changing your grammar or by adding an
5343 explicit precedence. This will probably add declarations to the
5344 grammar, but it helps to protect against incorrect rule precedences.
5345
5346 The effect of @code{%no-default-prec;} can be reversed by giving
5347 @code{%default-prec;}, which is the default.
5348 @end ifset
5349
5350 @node Parser States
5351 @section Parser States
5352 @cindex finite-state machine
5353 @cindex parser state
5354 @cindex state (of parser)
5355
5356 The function @code{yyparse} is implemented using a finite-state machine.
5357 The values pushed on the parser stack are not simply token type codes; they
5358 represent the entire sequence of terminal and nonterminal symbols at or
5359 near the top of the stack. The current state collects all the information
5360 about previous input which is relevant to deciding what to do next.
5361
5362 Each time a look-ahead token is read, the current parser state together
5363 with the type of look-ahead token are looked up in a table. This table
5364 entry can say, ``Shift the look-ahead token.'' In this case, it also
5365 specifies the new parser state, which is pushed onto the top of the
5366 parser stack. Or it can say, ``Reduce using rule number @var{n}.''
5367 This means that a certain number of tokens or groupings are taken off
5368 the top of the stack, and replaced by one grouping. In other words,
5369 that number of states are popped from the stack, and one new state is
5370 pushed.
5371
5372 There is one other alternative: the table can say that the look-ahead token
5373 is erroneous in the current state. This causes error processing to begin
5374 (@pxref{Error Recovery}).
5375
5376 @node Reduce/Reduce
5377 @section Reduce/Reduce Conflicts
5378 @cindex reduce/reduce conflict
5379 @cindex conflicts, reduce/reduce
5380
5381 A reduce/reduce conflict occurs if there are two or more rules that apply
5382 to the same sequence of input. This usually indicates a serious error
5383 in the grammar.
5384
5385 For example, here is an erroneous attempt to define a sequence
5386 of zero or more @code{word} groupings.
5387
5388 @example
5389 sequence: /* empty */
5390 @{ printf ("empty sequence\n"); @}
5391 | maybeword
5392 | sequence word
5393 @{ printf ("added word %s\n", $2); @}
5394 ;
5395
5396 maybeword: /* empty */
5397 @{ printf ("empty maybeword\n"); @}
5398 | word
5399 @{ printf ("single word %s\n", $1); @}
5400 ;
5401 @end example
5402
5403 @noindent
5404 The error is an ambiguity: there is more than one way to parse a single
5405 @code{word} into a @code{sequence}. It could be reduced to a
5406 @code{maybeword} and then into a @code{sequence} via the second rule.
5407 Alternatively, nothing-at-all could be reduced into a @code{sequence}
5408 via the first rule, and this could be combined with the @code{word}
5409 using the third rule for @code{sequence}.
5410
5411 There is also more than one way to reduce nothing-at-all into a
5412 @code{sequence}. This can be done directly via the first rule,
5413 or indirectly via @code{maybeword} and then the second rule.
5414
5415 You might think that this is a distinction without a difference, because it
5416 does not change whether any particular input is valid or not. But it does
5417 affect which actions are run. One parsing order runs the second rule's
5418 action; the other runs the first rule's action and the third rule's action.
5419 In this example, the output of the program changes.
5420
5421 Bison resolves a reduce/reduce conflict by choosing to use the rule that
5422 appears first in the grammar, but it is very risky to rely on this. Every
5423 reduce/reduce conflict must be studied and usually eliminated. Here is the
5424 proper way to define @code{sequence}:
5425
5426 @example
5427 sequence: /* empty */
5428 @{ printf ("empty sequence\n"); @}
5429 | sequence word
5430 @{ printf ("added word %s\n", $2); @}
5431 ;
5432 @end example
5433
5434 Here is another common error that yields a reduce/reduce conflict:
5435
5436 @example
5437 sequence: /* empty */
5438 | sequence words
5439 | sequence redirects
5440 ;
5441
5442 words: /* empty */
5443 | words word
5444 ;
5445
5446 redirects:/* empty */
5447 | redirects redirect
5448 ;
5449 @end example
5450
5451 @noindent
5452 The intention here is to define a sequence which can contain either
5453 @code{word} or @code{redirect} groupings. The individual definitions of
5454 @code{sequence}, @code{words} and @code{redirects} are error-free, but the
5455 three together make a subtle ambiguity: even an empty input can be parsed
5456 in infinitely many ways!
5457
5458 Consider: nothing-at-all could be a @code{words}. Or it could be two
5459 @code{words} in a row, or three, or any number. It could equally well be a
5460 @code{redirects}, or two, or any number. Or it could be a @code{words}
5461 followed by three @code{redirects} and another @code{words}. And so on.
5462
5463 Here are two ways to correct these rules. First, to make it a single level
5464 of sequence:
5465
5466 @example
5467 sequence: /* empty */
5468 | sequence word
5469 | sequence redirect
5470 ;
5471 @end example
5472
5473 Second, to prevent either a @code{words} or a @code{redirects}
5474 from being empty:
5475
5476 @example
5477 sequence: /* empty */
5478 | sequence words
5479 | sequence redirects
5480 ;
5481
5482 words: word
5483 | words word
5484 ;
5485
5486 redirects:redirect
5487 | redirects redirect
5488 ;
5489 @end example
5490
5491 @node Mystery Conflicts
5492 @section Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts
5493
5494 Sometimes reduce/reduce conflicts can occur that don't look warranted.
5495 Here is an example:
5496
5497 @example
5498 @group
5499 %token ID
5500
5501 %%
5502 def: param_spec return_spec ','
5503 ;
5504 param_spec:
5505 type
5506 | name_list ':' type
5507 ;
5508 @end group
5509 @group
5510 return_spec:
5511 type
5512 | name ':' type
5513 ;
5514 @end group
5515 @group
5516 type: ID
5517 ;
5518 @end group
5519 @group
5520 name: ID
5521 ;
5522 name_list:
5523 name
5524 | name ',' name_list
5525 ;
5526 @end group
5527 @end example
5528
5529 It would seem that this grammar can be parsed with only a single token
5530 of look-ahead: when a @code{param_spec} is being read, an @code{ID} is
5531 a @code{name} if a comma or colon follows, or a @code{type} if another
5532 @code{ID} follows. In other words, this grammar is @acronym{LR}(1).
5533
5534 @cindex @acronym{LR}(1)
5535 @cindex @acronym{LALR}(1)
5536 However, Bison, like most parser generators, cannot actually handle all
5537 @acronym{LR}(1) grammars. In this grammar, two contexts, that after
5538 an @code{ID}
5539 at the beginning of a @code{param_spec} and likewise at the beginning of
5540 a @code{return_spec}, are similar enough that Bison assumes they are the
5541 same. They appear similar because the same set of rules would be
5542 active---the rule for reducing to a @code{name} and that for reducing to
5543 a @code{type}. Bison is unable to determine at that stage of processing
5544 that the rules would require different look-ahead tokens in the two
5545 contexts, so it makes a single parser state for them both. Combining
5546 the two contexts causes a conflict later. In parser terminology, this
5547 occurrence means that the grammar is not @acronym{LALR}(1).
5548
5549 In general, it is better to fix deficiencies than to document them. But
5550 this particular deficiency is intrinsically hard to fix; parser
5551 generators that can handle @acronym{LR}(1) grammars are hard to write
5552 and tend to
5553 produce parsers that are very large. In practice, Bison is more useful
5554 as it is now.
5555
5556 When the problem arises, you can often fix it by identifying the two
5557 parser states that are being confused, and adding something to make them
5558 look distinct. In the above example, adding one rule to
5559 @code{return_spec} as follows makes the problem go away:
5560
5561 @example
5562 @group
5563 %token BOGUS
5564 @dots{}
5565 %%
5566 @dots{}
5567 return_spec:
5568 type
5569 | name ':' type
5570 /* This rule is never used. */
5571 | ID BOGUS
5572 ;
5573 @end group
5574 @end example
5575
5576 This corrects the problem because it introduces the possibility of an
5577 additional active rule in the context after the @code{ID} at the beginning of
5578 @code{return_spec}. This rule is not active in the corresponding context
5579 in a @code{param_spec}, so the two contexts receive distinct parser states.
5580 As long as the token @code{BOGUS} is never generated by @code{yylex},
5581 the added rule cannot alter the way actual input is parsed.
5582
5583 In this particular example, there is another way to solve the problem:
5584 rewrite the rule for @code{return_spec} to use @code{ID} directly
5585 instead of via @code{name}. This also causes the two confusing
5586 contexts to have different sets of active rules, because the one for
5587 @code{return_spec} activates the altered rule for @code{return_spec}
5588 rather than the one for @code{name}.
5589
5590 @example
5591 param_spec:
5592 type
5593 | name_list ':' type
5594 ;
5595 return_spec:
5596 type
5597 | ID ':' type
5598 ;
5599 @end example
5600
5601 For a more detailed exposition of @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers and parser
5602 generators, please see:
5603 Frank DeRemer and Thomas Pennello, Efficient Computation of
5604 @acronym{LALR}(1) Look-Ahead Sets, @cite{@acronym{ACM} Transactions on
5605 Programming Languages and Systems}, Vol.@: 4, No.@: 4 (October 1982),
5606 pp.@: 615--649 @uref{http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/69622.357187}.
5607
5608 @node Generalized LR Parsing
5609 @section Generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) Parsing
5610 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
5611 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
5612 @cindex ambiguous grammars
5613 @cindex non-deterministic parsing
5614
5615 Bison produces @emph{deterministic} parsers that choose uniquely
5616 when to reduce and which reduction to apply
5617 based on a summary of the preceding input and on one extra token of look-ahead.
5618 As a result, normal Bison handles a proper subset of the family of
5619 context-free languages.
5620 Ambiguous grammars, since they have strings with more than one possible
5621 sequence of reductions cannot have deterministic parsers in this sense.
5622 The same is true of languages that require more than one symbol of
5623 look-ahead, since the parser lacks the information necessary to make a
5624 decision at the point it must be made in a shift-reduce parser.
5625 Finally, as previously mentioned (@pxref{Mystery Conflicts}),
5626 there are languages where Bison's particular choice of how to
5627 summarize the input seen so far loses necessary information.
5628
5629 When you use the @samp{%glr-parser} declaration in your grammar file,
5630 Bison generates a parser that uses a different algorithm, called
5631 Generalized @acronym{LR} (or @acronym{GLR}). A Bison @acronym{GLR}
5632 parser uses the same basic
5633 algorithm for parsing as an ordinary Bison parser, but behaves
5634 differently in cases where there is a shift-reduce conflict that has not
5635 been resolved by precedence rules (@pxref{Precedence}) or a
5636 reduce-reduce conflict. When a @acronym{GLR} parser encounters such a
5637 situation, it
5638 effectively @emph{splits} into a several parsers, one for each possible
5639 shift or reduction. These parsers then proceed as usual, consuming
5640 tokens in lock-step. Some of the stacks may encounter other conflicts
5641 and split further, with the result that instead of a sequence of states,
5642 a Bison @acronym{GLR} parsing stack is what is in effect a tree of states.
5643
5644 In effect, each stack represents a guess as to what the proper parse
5645 is. Additional input may indicate that a guess was wrong, in which case
5646 the appropriate stack silently disappears. Otherwise, the semantics
5647 actions generated in each stack are saved, rather than being executed
5648 immediately. When a stack disappears, its saved semantic actions never
5649 get executed. When a reduction causes two stacks to become equivalent,
5650 their sets of semantic actions are both saved with the state that
5651 results from the reduction. We say that two stacks are equivalent
5652 when they both represent the same sequence of states,
5653 and each pair of corresponding states represents a
5654 grammar symbol that produces the same segment of the input token
5655 stream.
5656
5657 Whenever the parser makes a transition from having multiple
5658 states to having one, it reverts to the normal @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing
5659 algorithm, after resolving and executing the saved-up actions.
5660 At this transition, some of the states on the stack will have semantic
5661 values that are sets (actually multisets) of possible actions. The
5662 parser tries to pick one of the actions by first finding one whose rule
5663 has the highest dynamic precedence, as set by the @samp{%dprec}
5664 declaration. Otherwise, if the alternative actions are not ordered by
5665 precedence, but there the same merging function is declared for both
5666 rules by the @samp{%merge} declaration,
5667 Bison resolves and evaluates both and then calls the merge function on
5668 the result. Otherwise, it reports an ambiguity.
5669
5670 It is possible to use a data structure for the @acronym{GLR} parsing tree that
5671 permits the processing of any @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar in linear time (in the
5672 size of the input), any unambiguous (not necessarily
5673 @acronym{LALR}(1)) grammar in
5674 quadratic worst-case time, and any general (possibly ambiguous)
5675 context-free grammar in cubic worst-case time. However, Bison currently
5676 uses a simpler data structure that requires time proportional to the
5677 length of the input times the maximum number of stacks required for any
5678 prefix of the input. Thus, really ambiguous or non-deterministic
5679 grammars can require exponential time and space to process. Such badly
5680 behaving examples, however, are not generally of practical interest.
5681 Usually, non-determinism in a grammar is local---the parser is ``in
5682 doubt'' only for a few tokens at a time. Therefore, the current data
5683 structure should generally be adequate. On @acronym{LALR}(1) portions of a
5684 grammar, in particular, it is only slightly slower than with the default
5685 Bison parser.
5686
5687 For a more detailed exposition of @acronym{GLR} parsers, please see: Elizabeth
5688 Scott, Adrian Johnstone and Shamsa Sadaf Hussain, Tomita-Style
5689 Generalised @acronym{LR} Parsers, Royal Holloway, University of
5690 London, Department of Computer Science, TR-00-12,
5691 @uref{http://www.cs.rhul.ac.uk/research/languages/publications/tomita_style_1.ps},
5692 (2000-12-24).
5693
5694 @node Memory Management
5695 @section Memory Management, and How to Avoid Memory Exhaustion
5696 @cindex memory exhaustion
5697 @cindex memory management
5698 @cindex stack overflow
5699 @cindex parser stack overflow
5700 @cindex overflow of parser stack
5701
5702 The Bison parser stack can run out of memory if too many tokens are shifted and
5703 not reduced. When this happens, the parser function @code{yyparse}
5704 calls @code{yyerror} and then returns 2.
5705
5706 Because Bison parsers have growing stacks, hitting the upper limit
5707 usually results from using a right recursion instead of a left
5708 recursion, @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive Rules}.
5709
5710 @vindex YYMAXDEPTH
5711 By defining the macro @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, you can control how deep the
5712 parser stack can become before memory is exhausted. Define the
5713 macro with a value that is an integer. This value is the maximum number
5714 of tokens that can be shifted (and not reduced) before overflow.
5715
5716 The stack space allowed is not necessarily allocated. If you specify a
5717 large value for @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, the parser normally allocates a small
5718 stack at first, and then makes it bigger by stages as needed. This
5719 increasing allocation happens automatically and silently. Therefore,
5720 you do not need to make @code{YYMAXDEPTH} painfully small merely to save
5721 space for ordinary inputs that do not need much stack.
5722
5723 However, do not allow @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to be a value so large that
5724 arithmetic overflow could occur when calculating the size of the stack
5725 space. Also, do not allow @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to be less than
5726 @code{YYINITDEPTH}.
5727
5728 @cindex default stack limit
5729 The default value of @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, if you do not define it, is
5730 10000.
5731
5732 @vindex YYINITDEPTH
5733 You can control how much stack is allocated initially by defining the
5734 macro @code{YYINITDEPTH} to a positive integer. For the C
5735 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser, this value must be a compile-time constant
5736 unless you are assuming C99 or some other target language or compiler
5737 that allows variable-length arrays. The default is 200.
5738
5739 Do not allow @code{YYINITDEPTH} to be greater than @code{YYMAXDEPTH}.
5740
5741 @c FIXME: C++ output.
5742 Because of semantical differences between C and C++, the
5743 @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers in C produced by Bison cannot grow when compiled
5744 by C++ compilers. In this precise case (compiling a C parser as C++) you are
5745 suggested to grow @code{YYINITDEPTH}. The Bison maintainers hope to fix
5746 this deficiency in a future release.
5747
5748 @node Error Recovery
5749 @chapter Error Recovery
5750 @cindex error recovery
5751 @cindex recovery from errors
5752
5753 It is not usually acceptable to have a program terminate on a syntax
5754 error. For example, a compiler should recover sufficiently to parse the
5755 rest of the input file and check it for errors; a calculator should accept
5756 another expression.
5757
5758 In a simple interactive command parser where each input is one line, it may
5759 be sufficient to allow @code{yyparse} to return 1 on error and have the
5760 caller ignore the rest of the input line when that happens (and then call
5761 @code{yyparse} again). But this is inadequate for a compiler, because it
5762 forgets all the syntactic context leading up to the error. A syntax error
5763 deep within a function in the compiler input should not cause the compiler
5764 to treat the following line like the beginning of a source file.
5765
5766 @findex error
5767 You can define how to recover from a syntax error by writing rules to
5768 recognize the special token @code{error}. This is a terminal symbol that
5769 is always defined (you need not declare it) and reserved for error
5770 handling. The Bison parser generates an @code{error} token whenever a
5771 syntax error happens; if you have provided a rule to recognize this token
5772 in the current context, the parse can continue.
5773
5774 For example:
5775
5776 @example
5777 stmnts: /* empty string */
5778 | stmnts '\n'
5779 | stmnts exp '\n'
5780 | stmnts error '\n'
5781 @end example
5782
5783 The fourth rule in this example says that an error followed by a newline
5784 makes a valid addition to any @code{stmnts}.
5785
5786 What happens if a syntax error occurs in the middle of an @code{exp}? The
5787 error recovery rule, interpreted strictly, applies to the precise sequence
5788 of a @code{stmnts}, an @code{error} and a newline. If an error occurs in
5789 the middle of an @code{exp}, there will probably be some additional tokens
5790 and subexpressions on the stack after the last @code{stmnts}, and there
5791 will be tokens to read before the next newline. So the rule is not
5792 applicable in the ordinary way.
5793
5794 But Bison can force the situation to fit the rule, by discarding part of
5795 the semantic context and part of the input. First it discards states
5796 and objects from the stack until it gets back to a state in which the
5797 @code{error} token is acceptable. (This means that the subexpressions
5798 already parsed are discarded, back to the last complete @code{stmnts}.)
5799 At this point the @code{error} token can be shifted. Then, if the old
5800 look-ahead token is not acceptable to be shifted next, the parser reads
5801 tokens and discards them until it finds a token which is acceptable. In
5802 this example, Bison reads and discards input until the next newline so
5803 that the fourth rule can apply. Note that discarded symbols are
5804 possible sources of memory leaks, see @ref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing
5805 Discarded Symbols}, for a means to reclaim this memory.
5806
5807 The choice of error rules in the grammar is a choice of strategies for
5808 error recovery. A simple and useful strategy is simply to skip the rest of
5809 the current input line or current statement if an error is detected:
5810
5811 @example
5812 stmnt: error ';' /* On error, skip until ';' is read. */
5813 @end example
5814
5815 It is also useful to recover to the matching close-delimiter of an
5816 opening-delimiter that has already been parsed. Otherwise the
5817 close-delimiter will probably appear to be unmatched, and generate another,
5818 spurious error message:
5819
5820 @example
5821 primary: '(' expr ')'
5822 | '(' error ')'
5823 @dots{}
5824 ;
5825 @end example
5826
5827 Error recovery strategies are necessarily guesses. When they guess wrong,
5828 one syntax error often leads to another. In the above example, the error
5829 recovery rule guesses that an error is due to bad input within one
5830 @code{stmnt}. Suppose that instead a spurious semicolon is inserted in the
5831 middle of a valid @code{stmnt}. After the error recovery rule recovers
5832 from the first error, another syntax error will be found straightaway,
5833 since the text following the spurious semicolon is also an invalid
5834 @code{stmnt}.
5835
5836 To prevent an outpouring of error messages, the parser will output no error
5837 message for another syntax error that happens shortly after the first; only
5838 after three consecutive input tokens have been successfully shifted will
5839 error messages resume.
5840
5841 Note that rules which accept the @code{error} token may have actions, just
5842 as any other rules can.
5843
5844 @findex yyerrok
5845 You can make error messages resume immediately by using the macro
5846 @code{yyerrok} in an action. If you do this in the error rule's action, no
5847 error messages will be suppressed. This macro requires no arguments;
5848 @samp{yyerrok;} is a valid C statement.
5849
5850 @findex yyclearin
5851 The previous look-ahead token is reanalyzed immediately after an error. If
5852 this is unacceptable, then the macro @code{yyclearin} may be used to clear
5853 this token. Write the statement @samp{yyclearin;} in the error rule's
5854 action.
5855
5856 For example, suppose that on a syntax error, an error handling routine is
5857 called that advances the input stream to some point where parsing should
5858 once again commence. The next symbol returned by the lexical scanner is
5859 probably correct. The previous look-ahead token ought to be discarded
5860 with @samp{yyclearin;}.
5861
5862 @vindex YYRECOVERING
5863 The macro @code{YYRECOVERING} stands for an expression that has the
5864 value 1 when the parser is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 the
5865 rest of the time. A value of 1 indicates that error messages are
5866 currently suppressed for new syntax errors.
5867
5868 @node Context Dependency
5869 @chapter Handling Context Dependencies
5870
5871 The Bison paradigm is to parse tokens first, then group them into larger
5872 syntactic units. In many languages, the meaning of a token is affected by
5873 its context. Although this violates the Bison paradigm, certain techniques
5874 (known as @dfn{kludges}) may enable you to write Bison parsers for such
5875 languages.
5876
5877 @menu
5878 * Semantic Tokens:: Token parsing can depend on the semantic context.
5879 * Lexical Tie-ins:: Token parsing can depend on the syntactic context.
5880 * Tie-in Recovery:: Lexical tie-ins have implications for how
5881 error recovery rules must be written.
5882 @end menu
5883
5884 (Actually, ``kludge'' means any technique that gets its job done but is
5885 neither clean nor robust.)
5886
5887 @node Semantic Tokens
5888 @section Semantic Info in Token Types
5889
5890 The C language has a context dependency: the way an identifier is used
5891 depends on what its current meaning is. For example, consider this:
5892
5893 @example
5894 foo (x);
5895 @end example
5896
5897 This looks like a function call statement, but if @code{foo} is a typedef
5898 name, then this is actually a declaration of @code{x}. How can a Bison
5899 parser for C decide how to parse this input?
5900
5901 The method used in @acronym{GNU} C is to have two different token types,
5902 @code{IDENTIFIER} and @code{TYPENAME}. When @code{yylex} finds an
5903 identifier, it looks up the current declaration of the identifier in order
5904 to decide which token type to return: @code{TYPENAME} if the identifier is
5905 declared as a typedef, @code{IDENTIFIER} otherwise.
5906
5907 The grammar rules can then express the context dependency by the choice of
5908 token type to recognize. @code{IDENTIFIER} is accepted as an expression,
5909 but @code{TYPENAME} is not. @code{TYPENAME} can start a declaration, but
5910 @code{IDENTIFIER} cannot. In contexts where the meaning of the identifier
5911 is @emph{not} significant, such as in declarations that can shadow a
5912 typedef name, either @code{TYPENAME} or @code{IDENTIFIER} is
5913 accepted---there is one rule for each of the two token types.
5914
5915 This technique is simple to use if the decision of which kinds of
5916 identifiers to allow is made at a place close to where the identifier is
5917 parsed. But in C this is not always so: C allows a declaration to
5918 redeclare a typedef name provided an explicit type has been specified
5919 earlier:
5920
5921 @example
5922 typedef int foo, bar;
5923 int baz (void)
5924 @{
5925 static bar (bar); /* @r{redeclare @code{bar} as static variable} */
5926 extern foo foo (foo); /* @r{redeclare @code{foo} as function} */
5927 return foo (bar);
5928 @}
5929 @end example
5930
5931 Unfortunately, the name being declared is separated from the declaration
5932 construct itself by a complicated syntactic structure---the ``declarator''.
5933
5934 As a result, part of the Bison parser for C needs to be duplicated, with
5935 all the nonterminal names changed: once for parsing a declaration in
5936 which a typedef name can be redefined, and once for parsing a
5937 declaration in which that can't be done. Here is a part of the
5938 duplication, with actions omitted for brevity:
5939
5940 @example
5941 initdcl:
5942 declarator maybeasm '='
5943 init
5944 | declarator maybeasm
5945 ;
5946
5947 notype_initdcl:
5948 notype_declarator maybeasm '='
5949 init
5950 | notype_declarator maybeasm
5951 ;
5952 @end example
5953
5954 @noindent
5955 Here @code{initdcl} can redeclare a typedef name, but @code{notype_initdcl}
5956 cannot. The distinction between @code{declarator} and
5957 @code{notype_declarator} is the same sort of thing.
5958
5959 There is some similarity between this technique and a lexical tie-in
5960 (described next), in that information which alters the lexical analysis is
5961 changed during parsing by other parts of the program. The difference is
5962 here the information is global, and is used for other purposes in the
5963 program. A true lexical tie-in has a special-purpose flag controlled by
5964 the syntactic context.
5965
5966 @node Lexical Tie-ins
5967 @section Lexical Tie-ins
5968 @cindex lexical tie-in
5969
5970 One way to handle context-dependency is the @dfn{lexical tie-in}: a flag
5971 which is set by Bison actions, whose purpose is to alter the way tokens are
5972 parsed.
5973
5974 For example, suppose we have a language vaguely like C, but with a special
5975 construct @samp{hex (@var{hex-expr})}. After the keyword @code{hex} comes
5976 an expression in parentheses in which all integers are hexadecimal. In
5977 particular, the token @samp{a1b} must be treated as an integer rather than
5978 as an identifier if it appears in that context. Here is how you can do it:
5979
5980 @example
5981 @group
5982 %@{
5983 int hexflag;
5984 int yylex (void);
5985 void yyerror (char const *);
5986 %@}
5987 %%
5988 @dots{}
5989 @end group
5990 @group
5991 expr: IDENTIFIER
5992 | constant
5993 | HEX '('
5994 @{ hexflag = 1; @}
5995 expr ')'
5996 @{ hexflag = 0;
5997 $$ = $4; @}
5998 | expr '+' expr
5999 @{ $$ = make_sum ($1, $3); @}
6000 @dots{}
6001 ;
6002 @end group
6003
6004 @group
6005 constant:
6006 INTEGER
6007 | STRING
6008 ;
6009 @end group
6010 @end example
6011
6012 @noindent
6013 Here we assume that @code{yylex} looks at the value of @code{hexflag}; when
6014 it is nonzero, all integers are parsed in hexadecimal, and tokens starting
6015 with letters are parsed as integers if possible.
6016
6017 The declaration of @code{hexflag} shown in the prologue of the parser file
6018 is needed to make it accessible to the actions (@pxref{Prologue, ,The Prologue}).
6019 You must also write the code in @code{yylex} to obey the flag.
6020
6021 @node Tie-in Recovery
6022 @section Lexical Tie-ins and Error Recovery
6023
6024 Lexical tie-ins make strict demands on any error recovery rules you have.
6025 @xref{Error Recovery}.
6026
6027 The reason for this is that the purpose of an error recovery rule is to
6028 abort the parsing of one construct and resume in some larger construct.
6029 For example, in C-like languages, a typical error recovery rule is to skip
6030 tokens until the next semicolon, and then start a new statement, like this:
6031
6032 @example
6033 stmt: expr ';'
6034 | IF '(' expr ')' stmt @{ @dots{} @}
6035 @dots{}
6036 error ';'
6037 @{ hexflag = 0; @}
6038 ;
6039 @end example
6040
6041 If there is a syntax error in the middle of a @samp{hex (@var{expr})}
6042 construct, this error rule will apply, and then the action for the
6043 completed @samp{hex (@var{expr})} will never run. So @code{hexflag} would
6044 remain set for the entire rest of the input, or until the next @code{hex}
6045 keyword, causing identifiers to be misinterpreted as integers.
6046
6047 To avoid this problem the error recovery rule itself clears @code{hexflag}.
6048
6049 There may also be an error recovery rule that works within expressions.
6050 For example, there could be a rule which applies within parentheses
6051 and skips to the close-parenthesis:
6052
6053 @example
6054 @group
6055 expr: @dots{}
6056 | '(' expr ')'
6057 @{ $$ = $2; @}
6058 | '(' error ')'
6059 @dots{}
6060 @end group
6061 @end example
6062
6063 If this rule acts within the @code{hex} construct, it is not going to abort
6064 that construct (since it applies to an inner level of parentheses within
6065 the construct). Therefore, it should not clear the flag: the rest of
6066 the @code{hex} construct should be parsed with the flag still in effect.
6067
6068 What if there is an error recovery rule which might abort out of the
6069 @code{hex} construct or might not, depending on circumstances? There is no
6070 way you can write the action to determine whether a @code{hex} construct is
6071 being aborted or not. So if you are using a lexical tie-in, you had better
6072 make sure your error recovery rules are not of this kind. Each rule must
6073 be such that you can be sure that it always will, or always won't, have to
6074 clear the flag.
6075
6076 @c ================================================== Debugging Your Parser
6077
6078 @node Debugging
6079 @chapter Debugging Your Parser
6080
6081 Developing a parser can be a challenge, especially if you don't
6082 understand the algorithm (@pxref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser
6083 Algorithm}). Even so, sometimes a detailed description of the automaton
6084 can help (@pxref{Understanding, , Understanding Your Parser}), or
6085 tracing the execution of the parser can give some insight on why it
6086 behaves improperly (@pxref{Tracing, , Tracing Your Parser}).
6087
6088 @menu
6089 * Understanding:: Understanding the structure of your parser.
6090 * Tracing:: Tracing the execution of your parser.
6091 @end menu
6092
6093 @node Understanding
6094 @section Understanding Your Parser
6095
6096 As documented elsewhere (@pxref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm})
6097 Bison parsers are @dfn{shift/reduce automata}. In some cases (much more
6098 frequent than one would hope), looking at this automaton is required to
6099 tune or simply fix a parser. Bison provides two different
6100 representation of it, either textually or graphically (as a @acronym{VCG}
6101 file).
6102
6103 The textual file is generated when the options @option{--report} or
6104 @option{--verbose} are specified, see @xref{Invocation, , Invoking
6105 Bison}. Its name is made by removing @samp{.tab.c} or @samp{.c} from
6106 the parser output file name, and adding @samp{.output} instead.
6107 Therefore, if the input file is @file{foo.y}, then the parser file is
6108 called @file{foo.tab.c} by default. As a consequence, the verbose
6109 output file is called @file{foo.output}.
6110
6111 The following grammar file, @file{calc.y}, will be used in the sequel:
6112
6113 @example
6114 %token NUM STR
6115 %left '+' '-'
6116 %left '*'
6117 %%
6118 exp: exp '+' exp
6119 | exp '-' exp
6120 | exp '*' exp
6121 | exp '/' exp
6122 | NUM
6123 ;
6124 useless: STR;
6125 %%
6126 @end example
6127
6128 @command{bison} reports:
6129
6130 @example
6131 calc.y: warning: 1 useless nonterminal and 1 useless rule
6132 calc.y:11.1-7: warning: useless nonterminal: useless
6133 calc.y:11.10-12: warning: useless rule: useless: STR
6134 calc.y: conflicts: 7 shift/reduce
6135 @end example
6136
6137 When given @option{--report=state}, in addition to @file{calc.tab.c}, it
6138 creates a file @file{calc.output} with contents detailed below. The
6139 order of the output and the exact presentation might vary, but the
6140 interpretation is the same.
6141
6142 The first section includes details on conflicts that were solved thanks
6143 to precedence and/or associativity:
6144
6145 @example
6146 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '+' resolved as reduce.
6147 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '-' resolved as reduce.
6148 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '*' resolved as shift.
6149 @exdent @dots{}
6150 @end example
6151
6152 @noindent
6153 The next section lists states that still have conflicts.
6154
6155 @example
6156 State 8 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6157 State 9 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6158 State 10 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6159 State 11 conflicts: 4 shift/reduce
6160 @end example
6161
6162 @noindent
6163 @cindex token, useless
6164 @cindex useless token
6165 @cindex nonterminal, useless
6166 @cindex useless nonterminal
6167 @cindex rule, useless
6168 @cindex useless rule
6169 The next section reports useless tokens, nonterminal and rules. Useless
6170 nonterminals and rules are removed in order to produce a smaller parser,
6171 but useless tokens are preserved, since they might be used by the
6172 scanner (note the difference between ``useless'' and ``not used''
6173 below):
6174
6175 @example
6176 Useless nonterminals:
6177 useless
6178
6179 Terminals which are not used:
6180 STR
6181
6182 Useless rules:
6183 #6 useless: STR;
6184 @end example
6185
6186 @noindent
6187 The next section reproduces the exact grammar that Bison used:
6188
6189 @example
6190 Grammar
6191
6192 Number, Line, Rule
6193 0 5 $accept -> exp $end
6194 1 5 exp -> exp '+' exp
6195 2 6 exp -> exp '-' exp
6196 3 7 exp -> exp '*' exp
6197 4 8 exp -> exp '/' exp
6198 5 9 exp -> NUM
6199 @end example
6200
6201 @noindent
6202 and reports the uses of the symbols:
6203
6204 @example
6205 Terminals, with rules where they appear
6206
6207 $end (0) 0
6208 '*' (42) 3
6209 '+' (43) 1
6210 '-' (45) 2
6211 '/' (47) 4
6212 error (256)
6213 NUM (258) 5
6214
6215 Nonterminals, with rules where they appear
6216
6217 $accept (8)
6218 on left: 0
6219 exp (9)
6220 on left: 1 2 3 4 5, on right: 0 1 2 3 4
6221 @end example
6222
6223 @noindent
6224 @cindex item
6225 @cindex pointed rule
6226 @cindex rule, pointed
6227 Bison then proceeds onto the automaton itself, describing each state
6228 with it set of @dfn{items}, also known as @dfn{pointed rules}. Each
6229 item is a production rule together with a point (marked by @samp{.})
6230 that the input cursor.
6231
6232 @example
6233 state 0
6234
6235 $accept -> . exp $ (rule 0)
6236
6237 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6238
6239 exp go to state 2
6240 @end example
6241
6242 This reads as follows: ``state 0 corresponds to being at the very
6243 beginning of the parsing, in the initial rule, right before the start
6244 symbol (here, @code{exp}). When the parser returns to this state right
6245 after having reduced a rule that produced an @code{exp}, the control
6246 flow jumps to state 2. If there is no such transition on a nonterminal
6247 symbol, and the look-ahead is a @code{NUM}, then this token is shifted on
6248 the parse stack, and the control flow jumps to state 1. Any other
6249 look-ahead triggers a syntax error.''
6250
6251 @cindex core, item set
6252 @cindex item set core
6253 @cindex kernel, item set
6254 @cindex item set core
6255 Even though the only active rule in state 0 seems to be rule 0, the
6256 report lists @code{NUM} as a look-ahead token because @code{NUM} can be
6257 at the beginning of any rule deriving an @code{exp}. By default Bison
6258 reports the so-called @dfn{core} or @dfn{kernel} of the item set, but if
6259 you want to see more detail you can invoke @command{bison} with
6260 @option{--report=itemset} to list all the items, include those that can
6261 be derived:
6262
6263 @example
6264 state 0
6265
6266 $accept -> . exp $ (rule 0)
6267 exp -> . exp '+' exp (rule 1)
6268 exp -> . exp '-' exp (rule 2)
6269 exp -> . exp '*' exp (rule 3)
6270 exp -> . exp '/' exp (rule 4)
6271 exp -> . NUM (rule 5)
6272
6273 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6274
6275 exp go to state 2
6276 @end example
6277
6278 @noindent
6279 In the state 1...
6280
6281 @example
6282 state 1
6283
6284 exp -> NUM . (rule 5)
6285
6286 $default reduce using rule 5 (exp)
6287 @end example
6288
6289 @noindent
6290 the rule 5, @samp{exp: NUM;}, is completed. Whatever the look-ahead token
6291 (@samp{$default}), the parser will reduce it. If it was coming from
6292 state 0, then, after this reduction it will return to state 0, and will
6293 jump to state 2 (@samp{exp: go to state 2}).
6294
6295 @example
6296 state 2
6297
6298 $accept -> exp . $ (rule 0)
6299 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6300 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6301 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6302 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6303
6304 $ shift, and go to state 3
6305 '+' shift, and go to state 4
6306 '-' shift, and go to state 5
6307 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6308 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6309 @end example
6310
6311 @noindent
6312 In state 2, the automaton can only shift a symbol. For instance,
6313 because of the item @samp{exp -> exp . '+' exp}, if the look-ahead if
6314 @samp{+}, it will be shifted on the parse stack, and the automaton
6315 control will jump to state 4, corresponding to the item @samp{exp -> exp
6316 '+' . exp}. Since there is no default action, any other token than
6317 those listed above will trigger a syntax error.
6318
6319 The state 3 is named the @dfn{final state}, or the @dfn{accepting
6320 state}:
6321
6322 @example
6323 state 3
6324
6325 $accept -> exp $ . (rule 0)
6326
6327 $default accept
6328 @end example
6329
6330 @noindent
6331 the initial rule is completed (the start symbol and the end
6332 of input were read), the parsing exits successfully.
6333
6334 The interpretation of states 4 to 7 is straightforward, and is left to
6335 the reader.
6336
6337 @example
6338 state 4
6339
6340 exp -> exp '+' . exp (rule 1)
6341
6342 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6343
6344 exp go to state 8
6345
6346 state 5
6347
6348 exp -> exp '-' . exp (rule 2)
6349
6350 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6351
6352 exp go to state 9
6353
6354 state 6
6355
6356 exp -> exp '*' . exp (rule 3)
6357
6358 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6359
6360 exp go to state 10
6361
6362 state 7
6363
6364 exp -> exp '/' . exp (rule 4)
6365
6366 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6367
6368 exp go to state 11
6369 @end example
6370
6371 As was announced in beginning of the report, @samp{State 8 conflicts:
6372 1 shift/reduce}:
6373
6374 @example
6375 state 8
6376
6377 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6378 exp -> exp '+' exp . (rule 1)
6379 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6380 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6381 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6382
6383 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6384 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6385
6386 '/' [reduce using rule 1 (exp)]
6387 $default reduce using rule 1 (exp)
6388 @end example
6389
6390 Indeed, there are two actions associated to the look-ahead @samp{/}:
6391 either shifting (and going to state 7), or reducing rule 1. The
6392 conflict means that either the grammar is ambiguous, or the parser lacks
6393 information to make the right decision. Indeed the grammar is
6394 ambiguous, as, since we did not specify the precedence of @samp{/}, the
6395 sentence @samp{NUM + NUM / NUM} can be parsed as @samp{NUM + (NUM /
6396 NUM)}, which corresponds to shifting @samp{/}, or as @samp{(NUM + NUM) /
6397 NUM}, which corresponds to reducing rule 1.
6398
6399 Because in @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing a single decision can be made, Bison
6400 arbitrarily chose to disable the reduction, see @ref{Shift/Reduce, ,
6401 Shift/Reduce Conflicts}. Discarded actions are reported in between
6402 square brackets.
6403
6404 Note that all the previous states had a single possible action: either
6405 shifting the next token and going to the corresponding state, or
6406 reducing a single rule. In the other cases, i.e., when shifting
6407 @emph{and} reducing is possible or when @emph{several} reductions are
6408 possible, the look-ahead is required to select the action. State 8 is
6409 one such state: if the look-ahead is @samp{*} or @samp{/} then the action
6410 is shifting, otherwise the action is reducing rule 1. In other words,
6411 the first two items, corresponding to rule 1, are not eligible when the
6412 look-ahead token is @samp{*}, since we specified that @samp{*} has higher
6413 precedence than @samp{+}. More generally, some items are eligible only
6414 with some set of possible look-ahead tokens. When run with
6415 @option{--report=look-ahead}, Bison specifies these look-ahead tokens:
6416
6417 @example
6418 state 8
6419
6420 exp -> exp . '+' exp [$, '+', '-', '/'] (rule 1)
6421 exp -> exp '+' exp . [$, '+', '-', '/'] (rule 1)
6422 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6423 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6424 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6425
6426 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6427 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6428
6429 '/' [reduce using rule 1 (exp)]
6430 $default reduce using rule 1 (exp)
6431 @end example
6432
6433 The remaining states are similar:
6434
6435 @example
6436 state 9
6437
6438 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6439 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6440 exp -> exp '-' exp . (rule 2)
6441 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6442 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6443
6444 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6445 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6446
6447 '/' [reduce using rule 2 (exp)]
6448 $default reduce using rule 2 (exp)
6449
6450 state 10
6451
6452 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6453 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6454 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6455 exp -> exp '*' exp . (rule 3)
6456 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6457
6458 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6459
6460 '/' [reduce using rule 3 (exp)]
6461 $default reduce using rule 3 (exp)
6462
6463 state 11
6464
6465 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6466 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6467 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6468 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6469 exp -> exp '/' exp . (rule 4)
6470
6471 '+' shift, and go to state 4
6472 '-' shift, and go to state 5
6473 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6474 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6475
6476 '+' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6477 '-' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6478 '*' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6479 '/' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6480 $default reduce using rule 4 (exp)
6481 @end example
6482
6483 @noindent
6484 Observe that state 11 contains conflicts not only due to the lack of
6485 precedence of @samp{/} with respect to @samp{+}, @samp{-}, and
6486 @samp{*}, but also because the
6487 associativity of @samp{/} is not specified.
6488
6489
6490 @node Tracing
6491 @section Tracing Your Parser
6492 @findex yydebug
6493 @cindex debugging
6494 @cindex tracing the parser
6495
6496 If a Bison grammar compiles properly but doesn't do what you want when it
6497 runs, the @code{yydebug} parser-trace feature can help you figure out why.
6498
6499 There are several means to enable compilation of trace facilities:
6500
6501 @table @asis
6502 @item the macro @code{YYDEBUG}
6503 @findex YYDEBUG
6504 Define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value when you compile the
6505 parser. This is compliant with @acronym{POSIX} Yacc. You could use
6506 @samp{-DYYDEBUG=1} as a compiler option or you could put @samp{#define
6507 YYDEBUG 1} in the prologue of the grammar file (@pxref{Prologue, , The
6508 Prologue}).
6509
6510 @item the option @option{-t}, @option{--debug}
6511 Use the @samp{-t} option when you run Bison (@pxref{Invocation,
6512 ,Invoking Bison}). This is @acronym{POSIX} compliant too.
6513
6514 @item the directive @samp{%debug}
6515 @findex %debug
6516 Add the @code{%debug} directive (@pxref{Decl Summary, ,Bison
6517 Declaration Summary}). This is a Bison extension, which will prove
6518 useful when Bison will output parsers for languages that don't use a
6519 preprocessor. Unless @acronym{POSIX} and Yacc portability matter to
6520 you, this is
6521 the preferred solution.
6522 @end table
6523
6524 We suggest that you always enable the debug option so that debugging is
6525 always possible.
6526
6527 The trace facility outputs messages with macro calls of the form
6528 @code{YYFPRINTF (stderr, @var{format}, @var{args})} where
6529 @var{format} and @var{args} are the usual @code{printf} format and
6530 arguments. If you define @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value but do not
6531 define @code{YYFPRINTF}, @code{<stdio.h>} is automatically included
6532 and @code{YYPRINTF} is defined to @code{fprintf}.
6533
6534 Once you have compiled the program with trace facilities, the way to
6535 request a trace is to store a nonzero value in the variable @code{yydebug}.
6536 You can do this by making the C code do it (in @code{main}, perhaps), or
6537 you can alter the value with a C debugger.
6538
6539 Each step taken by the parser when @code{yydebug} is nonzero produces a
6540 line or two of trace information, written on @code{stderr}. The trace
6541 messages tell you these things:
6542
6543 @itemize @bullet
6544 @item
6545 Each time the parser calls @code{yylex}, what kind of token was read.
6546
6547 @item
6548 Each time a token is shifted, the depth and complete contents of the
6549 state stack (@pxref{Parser States}).
6550
6551 @item
6552 Each time a rule is reduced, which rule it is, and the complete contents
6553 of the state stack afterward.
6554 @end itemize
6555
6556 To make sense of this information, it helps to refer to the listing file
6557 produced by the Bison @samp{-v} option (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking
6558 Bison}). This file shows the meaning of each state in terms of
6559 positions in various rules, and also what each state will do with each
6560 possible input token. As you read the successive trace messages, you
6561 can see that the parser is functioning according to its specification in
6562 the listing file. Eventually you will arrive at the place where
6563 something undesirable happens, and you will see which parts of the
6564 grammar are to blame.
6565
6566 The parser file is a C program and you can use C debuggers on it, but it's
6567 not easy to interpret what it is doing. The parser function is a
6568 finite-state machine interpreter, and aside from the actions it executes
6569 the same code over and over. Only the values of variables show where in
6570 the grammar it is working.
6571
6572 @findex YYPRINT
6573 The debugging information normally gives the token type of each token
6574 read, but not its semantic value. You can optionally define a macro
6575 named @code{YYPRINT} to provide a way to print the value. If you define
6576 @code{YYPRINT}, it should take three arguments. The parser will pass a
6577 standard I/O stream, the numeric code for the token type, and the token
6578 value (from @code{yylval}).
6579
6580 Here is an example of @code{YYPRINT} suitable for the multi-function
6581 calculator (@pxref{Mfcalc Decl, ,Declarations for @code{mfcalc}}):
6582
6583 @smallexample
6584 %@{
6585 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
6586 #define YYPRINT(file, type, value) print_token_value (file, type, value)
6587 %@}
6588
6589 @dots{} %% @dots{} %% @dots{}
6590
6591 static void
6592 print_token_value (FILE *file, int type, YYSTYPE value)
6593 @{
6594 if (type == VAR)
6595 fprintf (file, "%s", value.tptr->name);
6596 else if (type == NUM)
6597 fprintf (file, "%d", value.val);
6598 @}
6599 @end smallexample
6600
6601 @c ================================================= Invoking Bison
6602
6603 @node Invocation
6604 @chapter Invoking Bison
6605 @cindex invoking Bison
6606 @cindex Bison invocation
6607 @cindex options for invoking Bison
6608
6609 The usual way to invoke Bison is as follows:
6610
6611 @example
6612 bison @var{infile}
6613 @end example
6614
6615 Here @var{infile} is the grammar file name, which usually ends in
6616 @samp{.y}. The parser file's name is made by replacing the @samp{.y}
6617 with @samp{.tab.c} and removing any leading directory. Thus, the
6618 @samp{bison foo.y} file name yields
6619 @file{foo.tab.c}, and the @samp{bison hack/foo.y} file name yields
6620 @file{foo.tab.c}. It's also possible, in case you are writing
6621 C++ code instead of C in your grammar file, to name it @file{foo.ypp}
6622 or @file{foo.y++}. Then, the output files will take an extension like
6623 the given one as input (respectively @file{foo.tab.cpp} and
6624 @file{foo.tab.c++}).
6625 This feature takes effect with all options that manipulate file names like
6626 @samp{-o} or @samp{-d}.
6627
6628 For example :
6629
6630 @example
6631 bison -d @var{infile.yxx}
6632 @end example
6633 @noindent
6634 will produce @file{infile.tab.cxx} and @file{infile.tab.hxx}, and
6635
6636 @example
6637 bison -d -o @var{output.c++} @var{infile.y}
6638 @end example
6639 @noindent
6640 will produce @file{output.c++} and @file{outfile.h++}.
6641
6642 For compatibility with @acronym{POSIX}, the standard Bison
6643 distribution also contains a shell script called @command{yacc} that
6644 invokes Bison with the @option{-y} option.
6645
6646 @menu
6647 * Bison Options:: All the options described in detail,
6648 in alphabetical order by short options.
6649 * Option Cross Key:: Alphabetical list of long options.
6650 * Yacc Library:: Yacc-compatible @code{yylex} and @code{main}.
6651 @end menu
6652
6653 @node Bison Options
6654 @section Bison Options
6655
6656 Bison supports both traditional single-letter options and mnemonic long
6657 option names. Long option names are indicated with @samp{--} instead of
6658 @samp{-}. Abbreviations for option names are allowed as long as they
6659 are unique. When a long option takes an argument, like
6660 @samp{--file-prefix}, connect the option name and the argument with
6661 @samp{=}.
6662
6663 Here is a list of options that can be used with Bison, alphabetized by
6664 short option. It is followed by a cross key alphabetized by long
6665 option.
6666
6667 @c Please, keep this ordered as in `bison --help'.
6668 @noindent
6669 Operations modes:
6670 @table @option
6671 @item -h
6672 @itemx --help
6673 Print a summary of the command-line options to Bison and exit.
6674
6675 @item -V
6676 @itemx --version
6677 Print the version number of Bison and exit.
6678
6679 @item --print-localedir
6680 Print the name of the directory containing locale-dependent data.
6681
6682 @need 1750
6683 @item -y
6684 @itemx --yacc
6685 Equivalent to @samp{-o y.tab.c}; the parser output file is called
6686 @file{y.tab.c}, and the other outputs are called @file{y.output} and
6687 @file{y.tab.h}. The purpose of this option is to imitate Yacc's output
6688 file name conventions. Thus, the following shell script can substitute
6689 for Yacc, and the Bison distribution contains such a script for
6690 compatibility with @acronym{POSIX}:
6691
6692 @example
6693 #! /bin/sh
6694 bison -y "$@@"
6695 @end example
6696 @end table
6697
6698 @noindent
6699 Tuning the parser:
6700
6701 @table @option
6702 @item -S @var{file}
6703 @itemx --skeleton=@var{file}
6704 Specify the skeleton to use. You probably don't need this option unless
6705 you are developing Bison.
6706
6707 @item -t
6708 @itemx --debug
6709 In the parser file, define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to 1 if it is not
6710 already defined, so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
6711 @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
6712
6713 @item --locations
6714 Pretend that @code{%locations} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6715
6716 @item -p @var{prefix}
6717 @itemx --name-prefix=@var{prefix}
6718 Pretend that @code{%name-prefix="@var{prefix}"} was specified.
6719 @xref{Decl Summary}.
6720
6721 @item -l
6722 @itemx --no-lines
6723 Don't put any @code{#line} preprocessor commands in the parser file.
6724 Ordinarily Bison puts them in the parser file so that the C compiler
6725 and debuggers will associate errors with your source file, the
6726 grammar file. This option causes them to associate errors with the
6727 parser file, treating it as an independent source file in its own right.
6728
6729 @item -n
6730 @itemx --no-parser
6731 Pretend that @code{%no-parser} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6732
6733 @item -k
6734 @itemx --token-table
6735 Pretend that @code{%token-table} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6736 @end table
6737
6738 @noindent
6739 Adjust the output:
6740
6741 @table @option
6742 @item -d
6743 @itemx --defines
6744 Pretend that @code{%defines} was specified, i.e., write an extra output
6745 file containing macro definitions for the token type names defined in
6746 the grammar, as well as a few other declarations. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6747
6748 @item --defines=@var{defines-file}
6749 Same as above, but save in the file @var{defines-file}.
6750
6751 @item -b @var{file-prefix}
6752 @itemx --file-prefix=@var{prefix}
6753 Pretend that @code{%verbose} was specified, i.e, specify prefix to use
6754 for all Bison output file names. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6755
6756 @item -r @var{things}
6757 @itemx --report=@var{things}
6758 Write an extra output file containing verbose description of the comma
6759 separated list of @var{things} among:
6760
6761 @table @code
6762 @item state
6763 Description of the grammar, conflicts (resolved and unresolved), and
6764 @acronym{LALR} automaton.
6765
6766 @item look-ahead
6767 Implies @code{state} and augments the description of the automaton with
6768 each rule's look-ahead set.
6769
6770 @item itemset
6771 Implies @code{state} and augments the description of the automaton with
6772 the full set of items for each state, instead of its core only.
6773 @end table
6774
6775 For instance, on the following grammar
6776
6777 @item -v
6778 @itemx --verbose
6779 Pretend that @code{%verbose} was specified, i.e, write an extra output
6780 file containing verbose descriptions of the grammar and
6781 parser. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6782
6783 @item -o @var{file}
6784 @itemx --output=@var{file}
6785 Specify the @var{file} for the parser file.
6786
6787 The other output files' names are constructed from @var{file} as
6788 described under the @samp{-v} and @samp{-d} options.
6789
6790 @item -g
6791 Output a @acronym{VCG} definition of the @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar
6792 automaton computed by Bison. If the grammar file is @file{foo.y}, the
6793 @acronym{VCG} output file will
6794 be @file{foo.vcg}.
6795
6796 @item --graph=@var{graph-file}
6797 The behavior of @var{--graph} is the same than @samp{-g}. The only
6798 difference is that it has an optional argument which is the name of
6799 the output graph file.
6800 @end table
6801
6802 @node Option Cross Key
6803 @section Option Cross Key
6804
6805 Here is a list of options, alphabetized by long option, to help you find
6806 the corresponding short option.
6807
6808 @tex
6809 \def\leaderfill{\leaders\hbox to 1em{\hss.\hss}\hfill}
6810
6811 {\tt
6812 \line{ --debug \leaderfill -t}
6813 \line{ --defines \leaderfill -d}
6814 \line{ --file-prefix \leaderfill -b}
6815 \line{ --graph \leaderfill -g}
6816 \line{ --help \leaderfill -h}
6817 \line{ --name-prefix \leaderfill -p}
6818 \line{ --no-lines \leaderfill -l}
6819 \line{ --no-parser \leaderfill -n}
6820 \line{ --output \leaderfill -o}
6821 \line{ --print-localedir}
6822 \line{ --token-table \leaderfill -k}
6823 \line{ --verbose \leaderfill -v}
6824 \line{ --version \leaderfill -V}
6825 \line{ --yacc \leaderfill -y}
6826 }
6827 @end tex
6828
6829 @ifinfo
6830 @example
6831 --debug -t
6832 --defines=@var{defines-file} -d
6833 --file-prefix=@var{prefix} -b @var{file-prefix}
6834 --graph=@var{graph-file} -d
6835 --help -h
6836 --name-prefix=@var{prefix} -p @var{name-prefix}
6837 --no-lines -l
6838 --no-parser -n
6839 --output=@var{outfile} -o @var{outfile}
6840 --print-localedir
6841 --token-table -k
6842 --verbose -v
6843 --version -V
6844 --yacc -y
6845 @end example
6846 @end ifinfo
6847
6848 @node Yacc Library
6849 @section Yacc Library
6850
6851 The Yacc library contains default implementations of the
6852 @code{yyerror} and @code{main} functions. These default
6853 implementations are normally not useful, but @acronym{POSIX} requires
6854 them. To use the Yacc library, link your program with the
6855 @option{-ly} option. Note that Bison's implementation of the Yacc
6856 library is distributed under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} General
6857 Public License (@pxref{Copying}).
6858
6859 If you use the Yacc library's @code{yyerror} function, you should
6860 declare @code{yyerror} as follows:
6861
6862 @example
6863 int yyerror (char const *);
6864 @end example
6865
6866 Bison ignores the @code{int} value returned by this @code{yyerror}.
6867 If you use the Yacc library's @code{main} function, your
6868 @code{yyparse} function should have the following type signature:
6869
6870 @example
6871 int yyparse (void);
6872 @end example
6873
6874 @c ================================================= C++ Bison
6875
6876 @node C++ Language Interface
6877 @chapter C++ Language Interface
6878
6879 @menu
6880 * C++ Parsers:: The interface to generate C++ parser classes
6881 * A Complete C++ Example:: Demonstrating their use
6882 @end menu
6883
6884 @node C++ Parsers
6885 @section C++ Parsers
6886
6887 @menu
6888 * C++ Bison Interface:: Asking for C++ parser generation
6889 * C++ Semantic Values:: %union vs. C++
6890 * C++ Location Values:: The position and location classes
6891 * C++ Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
6892 * C++ Scanner Interface:: Exchanges between yylex and parse
6893 @end menu
6894
6895 @node C++ Bison Interface
6896 @subsection C++ Bison Interface
6897 @c - %skeleton "lalr1.cc"
6898 @c - Always pure
6899 @c - initial action
6900
6901 The C++ parser @acronym{LALR}(1) skeleton is named @file{lalr1.cc}. To select
6902 it, you may either pass the option @option{--skeleton=lalr1.cc} to
6903 Bison, or include the directive @samp{%skeleton "lalr1.cc"} in the
6904 grammar preamble. When run, @command{bison} will create several
6905 files:
6906 @table @file
6907 @item position.hh
6908 @itemx location.hh
6909 The definition of the classes @code{position} and @code{location},
6910 used for location tracking. @xref{C++ Location Values}.
6911
6912 @item stack.hh
6913 An auxiliary class @code{stack} used by the parser.
6914
6915 @item @var{file}.hh
6916 @itemx @var{file}.cc
6917 The declaration and implementation of the C++ parser class.
6918 @var{file} is the name of the output file. It follows the same
6919 rules as with regular C parsers.
6920
6921 Note that @file{@var{file}.hh} is @emph{mandatory}, the C++ cannot
6922 work without the parser class declaration. Therefore, you must either
6923 pass @option{-d}/@option{--defines} to @command{bison}, or use the
6924 @samp{%defines} directive.
6925 @end table
6926
6927 All these files are documented using Doxygen; run @command{doxygen}
6928 for a complete and accurate documentation.
6929
6930 @node C++ Semantic Values
6931 @subsection C++ Semantic Values
6932 @c - No objects in unions
6933 @c - YSTYPE
6934 @c - Printer and destructor
6935
6936 The @code{%union} directive works as for C, see @ref{Union Decl, ,The
6937 Collection of Value Types}. In particular it produces a genuine
6938 @code{union}@footnote{In the future techniques to allow complex types
6939 within pseudo-unions (similar to Boost variants) might be implemented to
6940 alleviate these issues.}, which have a few specific features in C++.
6941 @itemize @minus
6942 @item
6943 The type @code{YYSTYPE} is defined but its use is discouraged: rather
6944 you should refer to the parser's encapsulated type
6945 @code{yy::parser::semantic_type}.
6946 @item
6947 Non POD (Plain Old Data) types cannot be used. C++ forbids any
6948 instance of classes with constructors in unions: only @emph{pointers}
6949 to such objects are allowed.
6950 @end itemize
6951
6952 Because objects have to be stored via pointers, memory is not
6953 reclaimed automatically: using the @code{%destructor} directive is the
6954 only means to avoid leaks. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded
6955 Symbols}.
6956
6957
6958 @node C++ Location Values
6959 @subsection C++ Location Values
6960 @c - %locations
6961 @c - class Position
6962 @c - class Location
6963 @c - %define "filename_type" "const symbol::Symbol"
6964
6965 When the directive @code{%locations} is used, the C++ parser supports
6966 location tracking, see @ref{Locations, , Locations Overview}. Two
6967 auxiliary classes define a @code{position}, a single point in a file,
6968 and a @code{location}, a range composed of a pair of
6969 @code{position}s (possibly spanning several files).
6970
6971 @deftypemethod {position} {std::string*} file
6972 The name of the file. It will always be handled as a pointer, the
6973 parser will never duplicate nor deallocate it. As an experimental
6974 feature you may change it to @samp{@var{type}*} using @samp{%define
6975 "filename_type" "@var{type}"}.
6976 @end deftypemethod
6977
6978 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} line
6979 The line, starting at 1.
6980 @end deftypemethod
6981
6982 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} lines (int @var{height} = 1)
6983 Advance by @var{height} lines, resetting the column number.
6984 @end deftypemethod
6985
6986 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} column
6987 The column, starting at 0.
6988 @end deftypemethod
6989
6990 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} columns (int @var{width} = 1)
6991 Advance by @var{width} columns, without changing the line number.
6992 @end deftypemethod
6993
6994 @deftypemethod {position} {position&} operator+= (position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
6995 @deftypemethodx {position} {position} operator+ (const position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
6996 @deftypemethodx {position} {position&} operator-= (const position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
6997 @deftypemethodx {position} {position} operator- (position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
6998 Various forms of syntactic sugar for @code{columns}.
6999 @end deftypemethod
7000
7001 @deftypemethod {position} {position} operator<< (std::ostream @var{o}, const position& @var{p})
7002 Report @var{p} on @var{o} like this:
7003 @samp{@var{file}:@var{line}.@var{column}}, or
7004 @samp{@var{line}.@var{column}} if @var{file} is null.
7005 @end deftypemethod
7006
7007 @deftypemethod {location} {position} begin
7008 @deftypemethodx {location} {position} end
7009 The first, inclusive, position of the range, and the first beyond.
7010 @end deftypemethod
7011
7012 @deftypemethod {location} {unsigned int} columns (int @var{width} = 1)
7013 @deftypemethodx {location} {unsigned int} lines (int @var{height} = 1)
7014 Advance the @code{end} position.
7015 @end deftypemethod
7016
7017 @deftypemethod {location} {location} operator+ (const location& @var{begin}, const location& @var{end})
7018 @deftypemethodx {location} {location} operator+ (const location& @var{begin}, int @var{width})
7019 @deftypemethodx {location} {location} operator+= (const location& @var{loc}, int @var{width})
7020 Various forms of syntactic sugar.
7021 @end deftypemethod
7022
7023 @deftypemethod {location} {void} step ()
7024 Move @code{begin} onto @code{end}.
7025 @end deftypemethod
7026
7027
7028 @node C++ Parser Interface
7029 @subsection C++ Parser Interface
7030 @c - define parser_class_name
7031 @c - Ctor
7032 @c - parse, error, set_debug_level, debug_level, set_debug_stream,
7033 @c debug_stream.
7034 @c - Reporting errors
7035
7036 The output files @file{@var{output}.hh} and @file{@var{output}.cc}
7037 declare and define the parser class in the namespace @code{yy}. The
7038 class name defaults to @code{parser}, but may be changed using
7039 @samp{%define "parser_class_name" "@var{name}"}. The interface of
7040 this class is detailled below. It can be extended using the
7041 @code{%parse-param} feature: its semantics is slightly changed since
7042 it describes an additional member of the parser class, and an
7043 additional argument for its constructor.
7044
7045 @defcv {Type} {parser} {semantic_value_type}
7046 @defcvx {Type} {parser} {location_value_type}
7047 The types for semantics value and locations.
7048 @end defcv
7049
7050 @deftypemethod {parser} {} parser (@var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
7051 Build a new parser object. There are no arguments by default, unless
7052 @samp{%parse-param @{@var{type1} @var{arg1}@}} was used.
7053 @end deftypemethod
7054
7055 @deftypemethod {parser} {int} parse ()
7056 Run the syntactic analysis, and return 0 on success, 1 otherwise.
7057 @end deftypemethod
7058
7059 @deftypemethod {parser} {std::ostream&} debug_stream ()
7060 @deftypemethodx {parser} {void} set_debug_stream (std::ostream& @var{o})
7061 Get or set the stream used for tracing the parsing. It defaults to
7062 @code{std::cerr}.
7063 @end deftypemethod
7064
7065 @deftypemethod {parser} {debug_level_type} debug_level ()
7066 @deftypemethodx {parser} {void} set_debug_level (debug_level @var{l})
7067 Get or set the tracing level. Currently its value is either 0, no trace,
7068 or non-zero, full tracing.
7069 @end deftypemethod
7070
7071 @deftypemethod {parser} {void} error (const location_type& @var{l}, const std::string& @var{m})
7072 The definition for this member function must be supplied by the user:
7073 the parser uses it to report a parser error occurring at @var{l},
7074 described by @var{m}.
7075 @end deftypemethod
7076
7077
7078 @node C++ Scanner Interface
7079 @subsection C++ Scanner Interface
7080 @c - prefix for yylex.
7081 @c - Pure interface to yylex
7082 @c - %lex-param
7083
7084 The parser invokes the scanner by calling @code{yylex}. Contrary to C
7085 parsers, C++ parsers are always pure: there is no point in using the
7086 @code{%pure-parser} directive. Therefore the interface is as follows.
7087
7088 @deftypemethod {parser} {int} yylex (semantic_value_type& @var{yylval}, location_type& @var{yylloc}, @var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
7089 Return the next token. Its type is the return value, its semantic
7090 value and location being @var{yylval} and @var{yylloc}. Invocations of
7091 @samp{%lex-param @{@var{type1} @var{arg1}@}} yield additional arguments.
7092 @end deftypemethod
7093
7094
7095 @node A Complete C++ Example
7096 @section A Complete C++ Example
7097
7098 This section demonstrates the use of a C++ parser with a simple but
7099 complete example. This example should be available on your system,
7100 ready to compile, in the directory @dfn{../bison/examples/calc++}. It
7101 focuses on the use of Bison, therefore the design of the various C++
7102 classes is very naive: no accessors, no encapsulation of members etc.
7103 We will use a Lex scanner, and more precisely, a Flex scanner, to
7104 demonstrate the various interaction. A hand written scanner is
7105 actually easier to interface with.
7106
7107 @menu
7108 * Calc++ --- C++ Calculator:: The specifications
7109 * Calc++ Parsing Driver:: An active parsing context
7110 * Calc++ Parser:: A parser class
7111 * Calc++ Scanner:: A pure C++ Flex scanner
7112 * Calc++ Top Level:: Conducting the band
7113 @end menu
7114
7115 @node Calc++ --- C++ Calculator
7116 @subsection Calc++ --- C++ Calculator
7117
7118 Of course the grammar is dedicated to arithmetics, a single
7119 expression, possibily preceded by variable assignments. An
7120 environment containing possibly predefined variables such as
7121 @code{one} and @code{two}, is exchanged with the parser. An example
7122 of valid input follows.
7123
7124 @example
7125 three := 3
7126 seven := one + two * three
7127 seven * seven
7128 @end example
7129
7130 @node Calc++ Parsing Driver
7131 @subsection Calc++ Parsing Driver
7132 @c - An env
7133 @c - A place to store error messages
7134 @c - A place for the result
7135
7136 To support a pure interface with the parser (and the scanner) the
7137 technique of the ``parsing context'' is convenient: a structure
7138 containing all the data to exchange. Since, in addition to simply
7139 launch the parsing, there are several auxiliary tasks to execute (open
7140 the file for parsing, instantiate the parser etc.), we recommend
7141 transforming the simple parsing context structure into a fully blown
7142 @dfn{parsing driver} class.
7143
7144 The declaration of this driver class, @file{calc++-driver.hh}, is as
7145 follows. The first part includes the CPP guard and imports the
7146 required standard library components, and the declaration of the parser
7147 class.
7148
7149 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7150 @example
7151 #ifndef CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7152 # define CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7153 # include <string>
7154 # include <map>
7155 # include "calc++-parser.hh"
7156 @end example
7157
7158
7159 @noindent
7160 Then comes the declaration of the scanning function. Flex expects
7161 the signature of @code{yylex} to be defined in the macro
7162 @code{YY_DECL}, and the C++ parser expects it to be declared. We can
7163 factor both as follows.
7164
7165 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7166 @example
7167 // Announce to Flex the prototype we want for lexing function, ...
7168 # define YY_DECL \
7169 int yylex (yy::calcxx_parser::semantic_type* yylval, \
7170 yy::calcxx_parser::location_type* yylloc, \
7171 calcxx_driver& driver)
7172 // ... and declare it for the parser's sake.
7173 YY_DECL;
7174 @end example
7175
7176 @noindent
7177 The @code{calcxx_driver} class is then declared with its most obvious
7178 members.
7179
7180 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7181 @example
7182 // Conducting the whole scanning and parsing of Calc++.
7183 class calcxx_driver
7184 @{
7185 public:
7186 calcxx_driver ();
7187 virtual ~calcxx_driver ();
7188
7189 std::map<std::string, int> variables;
7190
7191 int result;
7192 @end example
7193
7194 @noindent
7195 To encapsulate the coordination with the Flex scanner, it is useful to
7196 have two members function to open and close the scanning phase.
7197 members.
7198
7199 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7200 @example
7201 // Handling the scanner.
7202 void scan_begin ();
7203 void scan_end ();
7204 bool trace_scanning;
7205 @end example
7206
7207 @noindent
7208 Similarly for the parser itself.
7209
7210 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7211 @example
7212 // Handling the parser.
7213 void parse (const std::string& f);
7214 std::string file;
7215 bool trace_parsing;
7216 @end example
7217
7218 @noindent
7219 To demonstrate pure handling of parse errors, instead of simply
7220 dumping them on the standard error output, we will pass them to the
7221 compiler driver using the following two member functions. Finally, we
7222 close the class declaration and CPP guard.
7223
7224 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7225 @example
7226 // Error handling.
7227 void error (const yy::location& l, const std::string& m);
7228 void error (const std::string& m);
7229 @};
7230 #endif // ! CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7231 @end example
7232
7233 The implementation of the driver is straightforward. The @code{parse}
7234 member function deserves some attention. The @code{error} functions
7235 are simple stubs, they should actually register the located error
7236 messages and set error state.
7237
7238 @comment file: calc++-driver.cc
7239 @example
7240 #include "calc++-driver.hh"
7241 #include "calc++-parser.hh"
7242
7243 calcxx_driver::calcxx_driver ()
7244 : trace_scanning (false), trace_parsing (false)
7245 @{
7246 variables["one"] = 1;
7247 variables["two"] = 2;
7248 @}
7249
7250 calcxx_driver::~calcxx_driver ()
7251 @{
7252 @}
7253
7254 void
7255 calcxx_driver::parse (const std::string &f)
7256 @{
7257 file = f;
7258 scan_begin ();
7259 yy::calcxx_parser parser (*this);
7260 parser.set_debug_level (trace_parsing);
7261 parser.parse ();
7262 scan_end ();
7263 @}
7264
7265 void
7266 calcxx_driver::error (const yy::location& l, const std::string& m)
7267 @{
7268 std::cerr << l << ": " << m << std::endl;
7269 @}
7270
7271 void
7272 calcxx_driver::error (const std::string& m)
7273 @{
7274 std::cerr << m << std::endl;
7275 @}
7276 @end example
7277
7278 @node Calc++ Parser
7279 @subsection Calc++ Parser
7280
7281 The parser definition file @file{calc++-parser.yy} starts by asking for
7282 the C++ LALR(1) skeleton, the creation of the parser header file, and
7283 specifies the name of the parser class. Because the C++ skeleton
7284 changed several times, it is safer to require the version you designed
7285 the grammar for.
7286
7287 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7288 @example
7289 %skeleton "lalr1.cc" /* -*- C++ -*- */
7290 %require "2.1a"
7291 %defines
7292 %define "parser_class_name" "calcxx_parser"
7293 @end example
7294
7295 @noindent
7296 Then come the declarations/inclusions needed to define the
7297 @code{%union}. Because the parser uses the parsing driver and
7298 reciprocally, both cannot include the header of the other. Because the
7299 driver's header needs detailed knowledge about the parser class (in
7300 particular its inner types), it is the parser's header which will simply
7301 use a forward declaration of the driver.
7302
7303 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7304 @example
7305 %@{
7306 # include <string>
7307 class calcxx_driver;
7308 %@}
7309 @end example
7310
7311 @noindent
7312 The driver is passed by reference to the parser and to the scanner.
7313 This provides a simple but effective pure interface, not relying on
7314 global variables.
7315
7316 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7317 @example
7318 // The parsing context.
7319 %parse-param @{ calcxx_driver& driver @}
7320 %lex-param @{ calcxx_driver& driver @}
7321 @end example
7322
7323 @noindent
7324 Then we request the location tracking feature, and initialize the
7325 first location's file name. Afterwards new locations are computed
7326 relatively to the previous locations: the file name will be
7327 automatically propagated.
7328
7329 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7330 @example
7331 %locations
7332 %initial-action
7333 @{
7334 // Initialize the initial location.
7335 @@$.begin.filename = @@$.end.filename = &driver.file;
7336 @};
7337 @end example
7338
7339 @noindent
7340 Use the two following directives to enable parser tracing and verbose
7341 error messages.
7342
7343 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7344 @example
7345 %debug
7346 %error-verbose
7347 @end example
7348
7349 @noindent
7350 Semantic values cannot use ``real'' objects, but only pointers to
7351 them.
7352
7353 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7354 @example
7355 // Symbols.
7356 %union
7357 @{
7358 int ival;
7359 std::string *sval;
7360 @};
7361 @end example
7362
7363 @noindent
7364 The code between @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} after the introduction of the
7365 @samp{%union} is output in the @file{*.cc} file; it needs detailed
7366 knowledge about the driver.
7367
7368 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7369 @example
7370 %@{
7371 # include "calc++-driver.hh"
7372 %@}
7373 @end example
7374
7375
7376 @noindent
7377 The token numbered as 0 corresponds to end of file; the following line
7378 allows for nicer error messages referring to ``end of file'' instead
7379 of ``$end''. Similarly user friendly named are provided for each
7380 symbol. Note that the tokens names are prefixed by @code{TOKEN_} to
7381 avoid name clashes.
7382
7383 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7384 @example
7385 %token END 0 "end of file"
7386 %token ASSIGN ":="
7387 %token <sval> IDENTIFIER "identifier"
7388 %token <ival> NUMBER "number"
7389 %type <ival> exp "expression"
7390 @end example
7391
7392 @noindent
7393 To enable memory deallocation during error recovery, use
7394 @code{%destructor}.
7395
7396 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7397 @example
7398 %printer @{ debug_stream () << *$$; @} "identifier"
7399 %destructor @{ delete $$; @} "identifier"
7400
7401 %printer @{ debug_stream () << $$; @} "number" "expression"
7402 @end example
7403
7404 @noindent
7405 The grammar itself is straightforward.
7406
7407 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7408 @example
7409 %%
7410 %start unit;
7411 unit: assignments exp @{ driver.result = $2; @};
7412
7413 assignments: assignments assignment @{@}
7414 | /* Nothing. */ @{@};
7415
7416 assignment: "identifier" ":=" exp @{ driver.variables[*$1] = $3; @};
7417
7418 %left '+' '-';
7419 %left '*' '/';
7420 exp: exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
7421 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
7422 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
7423 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
7424 | "identifier" @{ $$ = driver.variables[*$1]; @}
7425 | "number" @{ $$ = $1; @};
7426 %%
7427 @end example
7428
7429 @noindent
7430 Finally the @code{error} member function registers the errors to the
7431 driver.
7432
7433 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7434 @example
7435 void
7436 yy::calcxx_parser::error (const yy::calcxx_parser::location_type& l,
7437 const std::string& m)
7438 @{
7439 driver.error (l, m);
7440 @}
7441 @end example
7442
7443 @node Calc++ Scanner
7444 @subsection Calc++ Scanner
7445
7446 The Flex scanner first includes the driver declaration, then the
7447 parser's to get the set of defined tokens.
7448
7449 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7450 @example
7451 %@{ /* -*- C++ -*- */
7452 # include <cstdlib>
7453 # include <errno.h>
7454 # include <limits.h>
7455 # include <string>
7456 # include "calc++-driver.hh"
7457 # include "calc++-parser.hh"
7458 %@}
7459 @end example
7460
7461 @noindent
7462 Because there is no @code{#include}-like feature we don't need
7463 @code{yywrap}, we don't need @code{unput} either, and we parse an
7464 actual file, this is not an interactive session with the user.
7465 Finally we enable the scanner tracing features.
7466
7467 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7468 @example
7469 %option noyywrap nounput batch debug
7470 @end example
7471
7472 @noindent
7473 Abbreviations allow for more readable rules.
7474
7475 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7476 @example
7477 id [a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z_0-9]*
7478 int [0-9]+
7479 blank [ \t]
7480 @end example
7481
7482 @noindent
7483 The following paragraph suffices to track locations acurately. Each
7484 time @code{yylex} is invoked, the begin position is moved onto the end
7485 position. Then when a pattern is matched, the end position is
7486 advanced of its width. In case it matched ends of lines, the end
7487 cursor is adjusted, and each time blanks are matched, the begin cursor
7488 is moved onto the end cursor to effectively ignore the blanks
7489 preceding tokens. Comments would be treated equally.
7490
7491 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7492 @example
7493 %@{
7494 # define YY_USER_ACTION yylloc->columns (yyleng);
7495 %@}
7496 %%
7497 %@{
7498 yylloc->step ();
7499 %@}
7500 @{blank@}+ yylloc->step ();
7501 [\n]+ yylloc->lines (yyleng); yylloc->step ();
7502 @end example
7503
7504 @noindent
7505 The rules are simple, just note the use of the driver to report errors.
7506 It is convenient to use a typedef to shorten
7507 @code{yy::calcxx_parser::token::identifier} into
7508 @code{token::identifier} for isntance.
7509
7510 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7511 @example
7512 %@{
7513 typedef yy::calcxx_parser::token token;
7514 %@}
7515
7516 [-+*/] return yytext[0];
7517 ":=" return token::ASSIGN;
7518 @{int@} @{
7519 errno = 0;
7520 long n = strtol (yytext, NULL, 10);
7521 if (! (INT_MIN <= n && n <= INT_MAX && errno != ERANGE))
7522 driver.error (*yylloc, "integer is out of range");
7523 yylval->ival = n;
7524 return token::NUMBER;
7525 @}
7526 @{id@} yylval->sval = new std::string (yytext); return token::IDENTIFIER;
7527 . driver.error (*yylloc, "invalid character");
7528 %%
7529 @end example
7530
7531 @noindent
7532 Finally, because the scanner related driver's member function depend
7533 on the scanner's data, it is simpler to implement them in this file.
7534
7535 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7536 @example
7537 void
7538 calcxx_driver::scan_begin ()
7539 @{
7540 yy_flex_debug = trace_scanning;
7541 if (!(yyin = fopen (file.c_str (), "r")))
7542 error (std::string ("cannot open ") + file);
7543 @}
7544
7545 void
7546 calcxx_driver::scan_end ()
7547 @{
7548 fclose (yyin);
7549 @}
7550 @end example
7551
7552 @node Calc++ Top Level
7553 @subsection Calc++ Top Level
7554
7555 The top level file, @file{calc++.cc}, poses no problem.
7556
7557 @comment file: calc++.cc
7558 @example
7559 #include <iostream>
7560 #include "calc++-driver.hh"
7561
7562 int
7563 main (int argc, char *argv[])
7564 @{
7565 calcxx_driver driver;
7566 for (++argv; argv[0]; ++argv)
7567 if (*argv == std::string ("-p"))
7568 driver.trace_parsing = true;
7569 else if (*argv == std::string ("-s"))
7570 driver.trace_scanning = true;
7571 else
7572 @{
7573 driver.parse (*argv);
7574 std::cout << driver.result << std::endl;
7575 @}
7576 @}
7577 @end example
7578
7579 @c ================================================= FAQ
7580
7581 @node FAQ
7582 @chapter Frequently Asked Questions
7583 @cindex frequently asked questions
7584 @cindex questions
7585
7586 Several questions about Bison come up occasionally. Here some of them
7587 are addressed.
7588
7589 @menu
7590 * Memory Exhausted:: Breaking the Stack Limits
7591 * How Can I Reset the Parser:: @code{yyparse} Keeps some State
7592 * Strings are Destroyed:: @code{yylval} Loses Track of Strings
7593 * Implementing Gotos/Loops:: Control Flow in the Calculator
7594 @end menu
7595
7596 @node Memory Exhausted
7597 @section Memory Exhausted
7598
7599 @display
7600 My parser returns with error with a @samp{memory exhausted}
7601 message. What can I do?
7602 @end display
7603
7604 This question is already addressed elsewhere, @xref{Recursion,
7605 ,Recursive Rules}.
7606
7607 @node How Can I Reset the Parser
7608 @section How Can I Reset the Parser
7609
7610 The following phenomenon has several symptoms, resulting in the
7611 following typical questions:
7612
7613 @display
7614 I invoke @code{yyparse} several times, and on correct input it works
7615 properly; but when a parse error is found, all the other calls fail
7616 too. How can I reset the error flag of @code{yyparse}?
7617 @end display
7618
7619 @noindent
7620 or
7621
7622 @display
7623 My parser includes support for an @samp{#include}-like feature, in
7624 which case I run @code{yyparse} from @code{yyparse}. This fails
7625 although I did specify I needed a @code{%pure-parser}.
7626 @end display
7627
7628 These problems typically come not from Bison itself, but from
7629 Lex-generated scanners. Because these scanners use large buffers for
7630 speed, they might not notice a change of input file. As a
7631 demonstration, consider the following source file,
7632 @file{first-line.l}:
7633
7634 @verbatim
7635 %{
7636 #include <stdio.h>
7637 #include <stdlib.h>
7638 %}
7639 %%
7640 .*\n ECHO; return 1;
7641 %%
7642 int
7643 yyparse (char const *file)
7644 {
7645 yyin = fopen (file, "r");
7646 if (!yyin)
7647 exit (2);
7648 /* One token only. */
7649 yylex ();
7650 if (fclose (yyin) != 0)
7651 exit (3);
7652 return 0;
7653 }
7654
7655 int
7656 main (void)
7657 {
7658 yyparse ("input");
7659 yyparse ("input");
7660 return 0;
7661 }
7662 @end verbatim
7663
7664 @noindent
7665 If the file @file{input} contains
7666
7667 @verbatim
7668 input:1: Hello,
7669 input:2: World!
7670 @end verbatim
7671
7672 @noindent
7673 then instead of getting the first line twice, you get:
7674
7675 @example
7676 $ @kbd{flex -ofirst-line.c first-line.l}
7677 $ @kbd{gcc -ofirst-line first-line.c -ll}
7678 $ @kbd{./first-line}
7679 input:1: Hello,
7680 input:2: World!
7681 @end example
7682
7683 Therefore, whenever you change @code{yyin}, you must tell the
7684 Lex-generated scanner to discard its current buffer and switch to the
7685 new one. This depends upon your implementation of Lex; see its
7686 documentation for more. For Flex, it suffices to call
7687 @samp{YY_FLUSH_BUFFER} after each change to @code{yyin}. If your
7688 Flex-generated scanner needs to read from several input streams to
7689 handle features like include files, you might consider using Flex
7690 functions like @samp{yy_switch_to_buffer} that manipulate multiple
7691 input buffers.
7692
7693 If your Flex-generated scanner uses start conditions (@pxref{Start
7694 conditions, , Start conditions, flex, The Flex Manual}), you might
7695 also want to reset the scanner's state, i.e., go back to the initial
7696 start condition, through a call to @samp{BEGIN (0)}.
7697
7698 @node Strings are Destroyed
7699 @section Strings are Destroyed
7700
7701 @display
7702 My parser seems to destroy old strings, or maybe it loses track of
7703 them. Instead of reporting @samp{"foo", "bar"}, it reports
7704 @samp{"bar", "bar"}, or even @samp{"foo\nbar", "bar"}.
7705 @end display
7706
7707 This error is probably the single most frequent ``bug report'' sent to
7708 Bison lists, but is only concerned with a misunderstanding of the role
7709 of scanner. Consider the following Lex code:
7710
7711 @verbatim
7712 %{
7713 #include <stdio.h>
7714 char *yylval = NULL;
7715 %}
7716 %%
7717 .* yylval = yytext; return 1;
7718 \n /* IGNORE */
7719 %%
7720 int
7721 main ()
7722 {
7723 /* Similar to using $1, $2 in a Bison action. */
7724 char *fst = (yylex (), yylval);
7725 char *snd = (yylex (), yylval);
7726 printf ("\"%s\", \"%s\"\n", fst, snd);
7727 return 0;
7728 }
7729 @end verbatim
7730
7731 If you compile and run this code, you get:
7732
7733 @example
7734 $ @kbd{flex -osplit-lines.c split-lines.l}
7735 $ @kbd{gcc -osplit-lines split-lines.c -ll}
7736 $ @kbd{printf 'one\ntwo\n' | ./split-lines}
7737 "one
7738 two", "two"
7739 @end example
7740
7741 @noindent
7742 this is because @code{yytext} is a buffer provided for @emph{reading}
7743 in the action, but if you want to keep it, you have to duplicate it
7744 (e.g., using @code{strdup}). Note that the output may depend on how
7745 your implementation of Lex handles @code{yytext}. For instance, when
7746 given the Lex compatibility option @option{-l} (which triggers the
7747 option @samp{%array}) Flex generates a different behavior:
7748
7749 @example
7750 $ @kbd{flex -l -osplit-lines.c split-lines.l}
7751 $ @kbd{gcc -osplit-lines split-lines.c -ll}
7752 $ @kbd{printf 'one\ntwo\n' | ./split-lines}
7753 "two", "two"
7754 @end example
7755
7756
7757 @node Implementing Gotos/Loops
7758 @section Implementing Gotos/Loops
7759
7760 @display
7761 My simple calculator supports variables, assignments, and functions,
7762 but how can I implement gotos, or loops?
7763 @end display
7764
7765 Although very pedagogical, the examples included in the document blur
7766 the distinction to make between the parser---whose job is to recover
7767 the structure of a text and to transmit it to subsequent modules of
7768 the program---and the processing (such as the execution) of this
7769 structure. This works well with so called straight line programs,
7770 i.e., precisely those that have a straightforward execution model:
7771 execute simple instructions one after the others.
7772
7773 @cindex abstract syntax tree
7774 @cindex @acronym{AST}
7775 If you want a richer model, you will probably need to use the parser
7776 to construct a tree that does represent the structure it has
7777 recovered; this tree is usually called the @dfn{abstract syntax tree},
7778 or @dfn{@acronym{AST}} for short. Then, walking through this tree,
7779 traversing it in various ways, will enable treatments such as its
7780 execution or its translation, which will result in an interpreter or a
7781 compiler.
7782
7783 This topic is way beyond the scope of this manual, and the reader is
7784 invited to consult the dedicated literature.
7785
7786
7787
7788 @c ================================================= Table of Symbols
7789
7790 @node Table of Symbols
7791 @appendix Bison Symbols
7792 @cindex Bison symbols, table of
7793 @cindex symbols in Bison, table of
7794
7795 @deffn {Variable} @@$
7796 In an action, the location of the left-hand side of the rule.
7797 @xref{Locations, , Locations Overview}.
7798 @end deffn
7799
7800 @deffn {Variable} @@@var{n}
7801 In an action, the location of the @var{n}-th symbol of the right-hand
7802 side of the rule. @xref{Locations, , Locations Overview}.
7803 @end deffn
7804
7805 @deffn {Variable} $$
7806 In an action, the semantic value of the left-hand side of the rule.
7807 @xref{Actions}.
7808 @end deffn
7809
7810 @deffn {Variable} $@var{n}
7811 In an action, the semantic value of the @var{n}-th symbol of the
7812 right-hand side of the rule. @xref{Actions}.
7813 @end deffn
7814
7815 @deffn {Delimiter} %%
7816 Delimiter used to separate the grammar rule section from the
7817 Bison declarations section or the epilogue.
7818 @xref{Grammar Layout, ,The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar}.
7819 @end deffn
7820
7821 @c Don't insert spaces, or check the DVI output.
7822 @deffn {Delimiter} %@{@var{code}%@}
7823 All code listed between @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} is copied directly to
7824 the output file uninterpreted. Such code forms the prologue of the input
7825 file. @xref{Grammar Outline, ,Outline of a Bison
7826 Grammar}.
7827 @end deffn
7828
7829 @deffn {Construct} /*@dots{}*/
7830 Comment delimiters, as in C.
7831 @end deffn
7832
7833 @deffn {Delimiter} :
7834 Separates a rule's result from its components. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of
7835 Grammar Rules}.
7836 @end deffn
7837
7838 @deffn {Delimiter} ;
7839 Terminates a rule. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
7840 @end deffn
7841
7842 @deffn {Delimiter} |
7843 Separates alternate rules for the same result nonterminal.
7844 @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
7845 @end deffn
7846
7847 @deffn {Symbol} $accept
7848 The predefined nonterminal whose only rule is @samp{$accept: @var{start}
7849 $end}, where @var{start} is the start symbol. @xref{Start Decl, , The
7850 Start-Symbol}. It cannot be used in the grammar.
7851 @end deffn
7852
7853 @deffn {Directive} %debug
7854 Equip the parser for debugging. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7855 @end deffn
7856
7857 @ifset defaultprec
7858 @deffn {Directive} %default-prec
7859 Assign a precedence to rules that lack an explicit @samp{%prec}
7860 modifier. @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
7861 Precedence}.
7862 @end deffn
7863 @end ifset
7864
7865 @deffn {Directive} %defines
7866 Bison declaration to create a header file meant for the scanner.
7867 @xref{Decl Summary}.
7868 @end deffn
7869
7870 @deffn {Directive} %destructor
7871 Specify how the parser should reclaim the memory associated to
7872 discarded symbols. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
7873 @end deffn
7874
7875 @deffn {Directive} %dprec
7876 Bison declaration to assign a precedence to a rule that is used at parse
7877 time to resolve reduce/reduce conflicts. @xref{GLR Parsers, ,Writing
7878 @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
7879 @end deffn
7880
7881 @deffn {Symbol} $end
7882 The predefined token marking the end of the token stream. It cannot be
7883 used in the grammar.
7884 @end deffn
7885
7886 @deffn {Symbol} error
7887 A token name reserved for error recovery. This token may be used in
7888 grammar rules so as to allow the Bison parser to recognize an error in
7889 the grammar without halting the process. In effect, a sentence
7890 containing an error may be recognized as valid. On a syntax error, the
7891 token @code{error} becomes the current look-ahead token. Actions
7892 corresponding to @code{error} are then executed, and the look-ahead
7893 token is reset to the token that originally caused the violation.
7894 @xref{Error Recovery}.
7895 @end deffn
7896
7897 @deffn {Directive} %error-verbose
7898 Bison declaration to request verbose, specific error message strings
7899 when @code{yyerror} is called.
7900 @end deffn
7901
7902 @deffn {Directive} %file-prefix="@var{prefix}"
7903 Bison declaration to set the prefix of the output files. @xref{Decl
7904 Summary}.
7905 @end deffn
7906
7907 @deffn {Directive} %glr-parser
7908 Bison declaration to produce a @acronym{GLR} parser. @xref{GLR
7909 Parsers, ,Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
7910 @end deffn
7911
7912 @deffn {Directive} %initial-action
7913 Run user code before parsing. @xref{Initial Action Decl, , Performing Actions before Parsing}.
7914 @end deffn
7915
7916 @deffn {Directive} %left
7917 Bison declaration to assign left associativity to token(s).
7918 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
7919 @end deffn
7920
7921 @deffn {Directive} %lex-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
7922 Bison declaration to specifying an additional parameter that
7923 @code{yylex} should accept. @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling Conventions
7924 for Pure Parsers}.
7925 @end deffn
7926
7927 @deffn {Directive} %merge
7928 Bison declaration to assign a merging function to a rule. If there is a
7929 reduce/reduce conflict with a rule having the same merging function, the
7930 function is applied to the two semantic values to get a single result.
7931 @xref{GLR Parsers, ,Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
7932 @end deffn
7933
7934 @deffn {Directive} %name-prefix="@var{prefix}"
7935 Bison declaration to rename the external symbols. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7936 @end deffn
7937
7938 @ifset defaultprec
7939 @deffn {Directive} %no-default-prec
7940 Do not assign a precedence to rules that lack an explicit @samp{%prec}
7941 modifier. @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
7942 Precedence}.
7943 @end deffn
7944 @end ifset
7945
7946 @deffn {Directive} %no-lines
7947 Bison declaration to avoid generating @code{#line} directives in the
7948 parser file. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7949 @end deffn
7950
7951 @deffn {Directive} %nonassoc
7952 Bison declaration to assign non-associativity to token(s).
7953 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
7954 @end deffn
7955
7956 @deffn {Directive} %output="@var{file}"
7957 Bison declaration to set the name of the parser file. @xref{Decl
7958 Summary}.
7959 @end deffn
7960
7961 @deffn {Directive} %parse-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
7962 Bison declaration to specifying an additional parameter that
7963 @code{yyparse} should accept. @xref{Parser Function,, The Parser
7964 Function @code{yyparse}}.
7965 @end deffn
7966
7967 @deffn {Directive} %prec
7968 Bison declaration to assign a precedence to a specific rule.
7969 @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.
7970 @end deffn
7971
7972 @deffn {Directive} %pure-parser
7973 Bison declaration to request a pure (reentrant) parser.
7974 @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}.
7975 @end deffn
7976
7977 @deffn {Directive} %require "@var{version}"
7978 Require version @var{version} or higher of Bison. @xref{Require Decl, ,
7979 Require a Version of Bison}.
7980 @end deffn
7981
7982 @deffn {Directive} %right
7983 Bison declaration to assign right associativity to token(s).
7984 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
7985 @end deffn
7986
7987 @deffn {Directive} %start
7988 Bison declaration to specify the start symbol. @xref{Start Decl, ,The
7989 Start-Symbol}.
7990 @end deffn
7991
7992 @deffn {Directive} %token
7993 Bison declaration to declare token(s) without specifying precedence.
7994 @xref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}.
7995 @end deffn
7996
7997 @deffn {Directive} %token-table
7998 Bison declaration to include a token name table in the parser file.
7999 @xref{Decl Summary}.
8000 @end deffn
8001
8002 @deffn {Directive} %type
8003 Bison declaration to declare nonterminals. @xref{Type Decl,
8004 ,Nonterminal Symbols}.
8005 @end deffn
8006
8007 @deffn {Symbol} $undefined
8008 The predefined token onto which all undefined values returned by
8009 @code{yylex} are mapped. It cannot be used in the grammar, rather, use
8010 @code{error}.
8011 @end deffn
8012
8013 @deffn {Directive} %union
8014 Bison declaration to specify several possible data types for semantic
8015 values. @xref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}.
8016 @end deffn
8017
8018 @deffn {Macro} YYABORT
8019 Macro to pretend that an unrecoverable syntax error has occurred, by
8020 making @code{yyparse} return 1 immediately. The error reporting
8021 function @code{yyerror} is not called. @xref{Parser Function, ,The
8022 Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
8023 @end deffn
8024
8025 @deffn {Macro} YYACCEPT
8026 Macro to pretend that a complete utterance of the language has been
8027 read, by making @code{yyparse} return 0 immediately.
8028 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
8029 @end deffn
8030
8031 @deffn {Macro} YYBACKUP
8032 Macro to discard a value from the parser stack and fake a look-ahead
8033 token. @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
8034 @end deffn
8035
8036 @deffn {Variable} yychar
8037 External integer variable that contains the integer value of the current
8038 look-ahead token. (In a pure parser, it is a local variable within
8039 @code{yyparse}.) Error-recovery rule actions may examine this variable.
8040 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
8041 @end deffn
8042
8043 @deffn {Variable} yyclearin
8044 Macro used in error-recovery rule actions. It clears the previous
8045 look-ahead token. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8046 @end deffn
8047
8048 @deffn {Macro} YYDEBUG
8049 Macro to define to equip the parser with tracing code. @xref{Tracing,
8050 ,Tracing Your Parser}.
8051 @end deffn
8052
8053 @deffn {Variable} yydebug
8054 External integer variable set to zero by default. If @code{yydebug}
8055 is given a nonzero value, the parser will output information on input
8056 symbols and parser action. @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
8057 @end deffn
8058
8059 @deffn {Macro} yyerrok
8060 Macro to cause parser to recover immediately to its normal mode
8061 after a syntax error. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8062 @end deffn
8063
8064 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR
8065 Macro to pretend that a syntax error has just been detected: call
8066 @code{yyerror} and then perform normal error recovery if possible
8067 (@pxref{Error Recovery}), or (if recovery is impossible) make
8068 @code{yyparse} return 1. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8069 @end deffn
8070
8071 @deffn {Function} yyerror
8072 User-supplied function to be called by @code{yyparse} on error.
8073 @xref{Error Reporting, ,The Error
8074 Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}.
8075 @end deffn
8076
8077 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR_VERBOSE
8078 An obsolete macro that you define with @code{#define} in the prologue
8079 to request verbose, specific error message strings
8080 when @code{yyerror} is called. It doesn't matter what definition you
8081 use for @code{YYERROR_VERBOSE}, just whether you define it. Using
8082 @code{%error-verbose} is preferred.
8083 @end deffn
8084
8085 @deffn {Macro} YYINITDEPTH
8086 Macro for specifying the initial size of the parser stack.
8087 @xref{Memory Management}.
8088 @end deffn
8089
8090 @deffn {Function} yylex
8091 User-supplied lexical analyzer function, called with no arguments to get
8092 the next token. @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function
8093 @code{yylex}}.
8094 @end deffn
8095
8096 @deffn {Macro} YYLEX_PARAM
8097 An obsolete macro for specifying an extra argument (or list of extra
8098 arguments) for @code{yyparse} to pass to @code{yylex}. he use of this
8099 macro is deprecated, and is supported only for Yacc like parsers.
8100 @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling Conventions for Pure Parsers}.
8101 @end deffn
8102
8103 @deffn {Variable} yylloc
8104 External variable in which @code{yylex} should place the line and column
8105 numbers associated with a token. (In a pure parser, it is a local
8106 variable within @code{yyparse}, and its address is passed to
8107 @code{yylex}.) You can ignore this variable if you don't use the
8108 @samp{@@} feature in the grammar actions. @xref{Token Locations,
8109 ,Textual Locations of Tokens}.
8110 @end deffn
8111
8112 @deffn {Type} YYLTYPE
8113 Data type of @code{yylloc}; by default, a structure with four
8114 members. @xref{Location Type, , Data Types of Locations}.
8115 @end deffn
8116
8117 @deffn {Variable} yylval
8118 External variable in which @code{yylex} should place the semantic
8119 value associated with a token. (In a pure parser, it is a local
8120 variable within @code{yyparse}, and its address is passed to
8121 @code{yylex}.) @xref{Token Values, ,Semantic Values of Tokens}.
8122 @end deffn
8123
8124 @deffn {Macro} YYMAXDEPTH
8125 Macro for specifying the maximum size of the parser stack. @xref{Memory
8126 Management}.
8127 @end deffn
8128
8129 @deffn {Variable} yynerrs
8130 Global variable which Bison increments each time it reports a syntax error.
8131 (In a pure parser, it is a local variable within @code{yyparse}.)
8132 @xref{Error Reporting, ,The Error Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}.
8133 @end deffn
8134
8135 @deffn {Function} yyparse
8136 The parser function produced by Bison; call this function to start
8137 parsing. @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
8138 @end deffn
8139
8140 @deffn {Macro} YYPARSE_PARAM
8141 An obsolete macro for specifying the name of a parameter that
8142 @code{yyparse} should accept. The use of this macro is deprecated, and
8143 is supported only for Yacc like parsers. @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling
8144 Conventions for Pure Parsers}.
8145 @end deffn
8146
8147 @deffn {Macro} YYRECOVERING
8148 Macro whose value indicates whether the parser is recovering from a
8149 syntax error. @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
8150 @end deffn
8151
8152 @deffn {Macro} YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
8153 Macro used to control the use of @code{alloca} when the C
8154 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser needs to extend its stacks. If defined to 0,
8155 the parser will use @code{malloc} to extend its stacks. If defined to
8156 1, the parser will use @code{alloca}. Values other than 0 and 1 are
8157 reserved for future Bison extensions. If not defined,
8158 @code{YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA} defaults to 0.
8159
8160 In the all-too-common case where your code may run on a host with a
8161 limited stack and with unreliable stack-overflow checking, you should
8162 set @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to a value that cannot possibly result in
8163 unchecked stack overflow on any of your target hosts when
8164 @code{alloca} is called. You can inspect the code that Bison
8165 generates in order to determine the proper numeric values. This will
8166 require some expertise in low-level implementation details.
8167 @end deffn
8168
8169 @deffn {Type} YYSTYPE
8170 Data type of semantic values; @code{int} by default.
8171 @xref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}.
8172 @end deffn
8173
8174 @node Glossary
8175 @appendix Glossary
8176 @cindex glossary
8177
8178 @table @asis
8179 @item Backus-Naur Form (@acronym{BNF}; also called ``Backus Normal Form'')
8180 Formal method of specifying context-free grammars originally proposed
8181 by John Backus, and slightly improved by Peter Naur in his 1960-01-02
8182 committee document contributing to what became the Algol 60 report.
8183 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8184
8185 @item Context-free grammars
8186 Grammars specified as rules that can be applied regardless of context.
8187 Thus, if there is a rule which says that an integer can be used as an
8188 expression, integers are allowed @emph{anywhere} an expression is
8189 permitted. @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free
8190 Grammars}.
8191
8192 @item Dynamic allocation
8193 Allocation of memory that occurs during execution, rather than at
8194 compile time or on entry to a function.
8195
8196 @item Empty string
8197 Analogous to the empty set in set theory, the empty string is a
8198 character string of length zero.
8199
8200 @item Finite-state stack machine
8201 A ``machine'' that has discrete states in which it is said to exist at
8202 each instant in time. As input to the machine is processed, the
8203 machine moves from state to state as specified by the logic of the
8204 machine. In the case of the parser, the input is the language being
8205 parsed, and the states correspond to various stages in the grammar
8206 rules. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
8207
8208 @item Generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR})
8209 A parsing algorithm that can handle all context-free grammars, including those
8210 that are not @acronym{LALR}(1). It resolves situations that Bison's
8211 usual @acronym{LALR}(1)
8212 algorithm cannot by effectively splitting off multiple parsers, trying all
8213 possible parsers, and discarding those that fail in the light of additional
8214 right context. @xref{Generalized LR Parsing, ,Generalized
8215 @acronym{LR} Parsing}.
8216
8217 @item Grouping
8218 A language construct that is (in general) grammatically divisible;
8219 for example, `expression' or `declaration' in C@.
8220 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8221
8222 @item Infix operator
8223 An arithmetic operator that is placed between the operands on which it
8224 performs some operation.
8225
8226 @item Input stream
8227 A continuous flow of data between devices or programs.
8228
8229 @item Language construct
8230 One of the typical usage schemas of the language. For example, one of
8231 the constructs of the C language is the @code{if} statement.
8232 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8233
8234 @item Left associativity
8235 Operators having left associativity are analyzed from left to right:
8236 @samp{a+b+c} first computes @samp{a+b} and then combines with
8237 @samp{c}. @xref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}.
8238
8239 @item Left recursion
8240 A rule whose result symbol is also its first component symbol; for
8241 example, @samp{expseq1 : expseq1 ',' exp;}. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive
8242 Rules}.
8243
8244 @item Left-to-right parsing
8245 Parsing a sentence of a language by analyzing it token by token from
8246 left to right. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
8247
8248 @item Lexical analyzer (scanner)
8249 A function that reads an input stream and returns tokens one by one.
8250 @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
8251
8252 @item Lexical tie-in
8253 A flag, set by actions in the grammar rules, which alters the way
8254 tokens are parsed. @xref{Lexical Tie-ins}.
8255
8256 @item Literal string token
8257 A token which consists of two or more fixed characters. @xref{Symbols}.
8258
8259 @item Look-ahead token
8260 A token already read but not yet shifted. @xref{Look-Ahead, ,Look-Ahead
8261 Tokens}.
8262
8263 @item @acronym{LALR}(1)
8264 The class of context-free grammars that Bison (like most other parser
8265 generators) can handle; a subset of @acronym{LR}(1). @xref{Mystery
8266 Conflicts, ,Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts}.
8267
8268 @item @acronym{LR}(1)
8269 The class of context-free grammars in which at most one token of
8270 look-ahead is needed to disambiguate the parsing of any piece of input.
8271
8272 @item Nonterminal symbol
8273 A grammar symbol standing for a grammatical construct that can
8274 be expressed through rules in terms of smaller constructs; in other
8275 words, a construct that is not a token. @xref{Symbols}.
8276
8277 @item Parser
8278 A function that recognizes valid sentences of a language by analyzing
8279 the syntax structure of a set of tokens passed to it from a lexical
8280 analyzer.
8281
8282 @item Postfix operator
8283 An arithmetic operator that is placed after the operands upon which it
8284 performs some operation.
8285
8286 @item Reduction
8287 Replacing a string of nonterminals and/or terminals with a single
8288 nonterminal, according to a grammar rule. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison
8289 Parser Algorithm}.
8290
8291 @item Reentrant
8292 A reentrant subprogram is a subprogram which can be in invoked any
8293 number of times in parallel, without interference between the various
8294 invocations. @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}.
8295
8296 @item Reverse polish notation
8297 A language in which all operators are postfix operators.
8298
8299 @item Right recursion
8300 A rule whose result symbol is also its last component symbol; for
8301 example, @samp{expseq1: exp ',' expseq1;}. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive
8302 Rules}.
8303
8304 @item Semantics
8305 In computer languages, the semantics are specified by the actions
8306 taken for each instance of the language, i.e., the meaning of
8307 each statement. @xref{Semantics, ,Defining Language Semantics}.
8308
8309 @item Shift
8310 A parser is said to shift when it makes the choice of analyzing
8311 further input from the stream rather than reducing immediately some
8312 already-recognized rule. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
8313
8314 @item Single-character literal
8315 A single character that is recognized and interpreted as is.
8316 @xref{Grammar in Bison, ,From Formal Rules to Bison Input}.
8317
8318 @item Start symbol
8319 The nonterminal symbol that stands for a complete valid utterance in
8320 the language being parsed. The start symbol is usually listed as the
8321 first nonterminal symbol in a language specification.
8322 @xref{Start Decl, ,The Start-Symbol}.
8323
8324 @item Symbol table
8325 A data structure where symbol names and associated data are stored
8326 during parsing to allow for recognition and use of existing
8327 information in repeated uses of a symbol. @xref{Multi-function Calc}.
8328
8329 @item Syntax error
8330 An error encountered during parsing of an input stream due to invalid
8331 syntax. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8332
8333 @item Token
8334 A basic, grammatically indivisible unit of a language. The symbol
8335 that describes a token in the grammar is a terminal symbol.
8336 The input of the Bison parser is a stream of tokens which comes from
8337 the lexical analyzer. @xref{Symbols}.
8338
8339 @item Terminal symbol
8340 A grammar symbol that has no rules in the grammar and therefore is
8341 grammatically indivisible. The piece of text it represents is a token.
8342 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8343 @end table
8344
8345 @node Copying This Manual
8346 @appendix Copying This Manual
8347
8348 @menu
8349 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual.
8350 @end menu
8351
8352 @include fdl.texi
8353
8354 @node Index
8355 @unnumbered Index
8356
8357 @printindex cp
8358
8359 @bye
8360
8361 @c LocalWords: texinfo setfilename settitle setchapternewpage finalout
8362 @c LocalWords: ifinfo smallbook shorttitlepage titlepage GPL FIXME iftex
8363 @c LocalWords: akim fn cp syncodeindex vr tp synindex dircategory direntry
8364 @c LocalWords: ifset vskip pt filll insertcopying sp ISBN Etienne Suvasa
8365 @c LocalWords: ifnottex yyparse detailmenu GLR RPN Calc var Decls Rpcalc
8366 @c LocalWords: rpcalc Lexer Gen Comp Expr ltcalc mfcalc Decl Symtab yylex
8367 @c LocalWords: yyerror pxref LR yylval cindex dfn LALR samp gpl BNF xref
8368 @c LocalWords: const int paren ifnotinfo AC noindent emph expr stmt findex
8369 @c LocalWords: glr YYSTYPE TYPENAME prog dprec printf decl init stmtMerge
8370 @c LocalWords: pre STDC GNUC endif yy YY alloca lf stddef stdlib YYDEBUG
8371 @c LocalWords: NUM exp subsubsection kbd Ctrl ctype EOF getchar isdigit
8372 @c LocalWords: ungetc stdin scanf sc calc ulator ls lm cc NEG prec yyerrok
8373 @c LocalWords: longjmp fprintf stderr preg yylloc YYLTYPE cos ln
8374 @c LocalWords: smallexample symrec val tptr FNCT fnctptr func struct sym
8375 @c LocalWords: fnct putsym getsym fname arith fncts atan ptr malloc sizeof
8376 @c LocalWords: strlen strcpy fctn strcmp isalpha symbuf realloc isalnum
8377 @c LocalWords: ptypes itype YYPRINT trigraphs yytname expseq vindex dtype
8378 @c LocalWords: Rhs YYRHSLOC LE nonassoc op deffn typeless typefull yynerrs
8379 @c LocalWords: yychar yydebug msg YYNTOKENS YYNNTS YYNRULES YYNSTATES
8380 @c LocalWords: cparse clex deftypefun NE defmac YYACCEPT YYABORT param
8381 @c LocalWords: strncmp intval tindex lvalp locp llocp typealt YYBACKUP
8382 @c LocalWords: YYEMPTY YYRECOVERING yyclearin GE def UMINUS maybeword
8383 @c LocalWords: Johnstone Shamsa Sadaf Hussain Tomita TR uref YYMAXDEPTH
8384 @c LocalWords: YYINITDEPTH stmnts ref stmnt initdcl maybeasm VCG notype
8385 @c LocalWords: hexflag STR exdent itemset asis DYYDEBUG YYFPRINTF args
8386 @c LocalWords: YYPRINTF infile ypp yxx outfile itemx vcg tex leaderfill
8387 @c LocalWords: hbox hss hfill tt ly yyin fopen fclose ofirst gcc ll
8388 @c LocalWords: yyrestart nbar yytext fst snd osplit ntwo strdup AST
8389 @c LocalWords: YYSTACK DVI fdl printindex